Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated

Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated

syke · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker syke
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
I am SYKES

A N N U A L   R E P O R T  

2

0

0

5

SYKES is a global leader in providing customer contact management 

solutions  and  services  in  the  business  process  outsourcing  (BPO) 

arena.  SYKES  provides  an  array  of  sophisticated  customer  contact 

management  solutions  to  Fortune  1000  companies  around  the 

world,  primarily 

in 

the  communications,  fi nancial  services, 

healthcare,  technology  and  transportation  and  leisure  industries. 

SYKES  specializes  in  providing  fl exible,  high-quality  customer 

support  outsourcing  solutions  with  an  emphasis  on  inbound 

I am global.

technical  support  and  customer  service.  Headquartered  in  Tampa, 

Florida, with customer contact management centers throughout the 

world, SYKES provides its services through multiple communication 

channels  encompassing  phone,  e-mail,  web  and  chat.  Utilizing  its 

integrated onshore/offshore global delivery model, SYKES serves its 

clients  through  two  geographic  operating  segments:  the  Americas 

(United States, Canada, Latin America and the Asia Pacifi c Rim) and 

EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). SYKES also provides various 

enterprise support services in the Americas and fulfi llment services in 

EMEA, which include multi-lingual sales order processing, payment 

processing, inventory control, product delivery and product returns 

handling. For additional information, please visit www.sykes.com.

USA  1.800.867.9537

Intl. +1.813.274.1000

Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated

400 North Ashley Drive

Suite 2800

Tampa, Florida 33602-5089

www.sykes.com

Real People. Real Solutions.

To Our Shareholders

(Left to right) 
W. Michael Kipphut, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;
Charles E. Sykes, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Nothing  gives  me  greater  satisfaction  than  to  state  to 

  There certainly were some challenges along the way. 

you  that  2005  was  a  year  that  saw  the  validation  by 

The soft European economy put downward pressure on 

our  clients  of  SYKES’  business  focus,  strong  execution 

pricing and drove some of our clients toward a lower cost 

and  early  strategic  investments  in  our  offshore  delivery 

near-shore  solution  in  Eastern  Europe.  But  our  EMEA 

model.  Financially,  that  validation  came  in  the  form 

team kept the EMEA region in check by balancing client 

of  the  Company  delivering  on  its  objectives  outlined 

demands with operating costs. We thank our EMEA team 

in  our  2004  Annual  Report  under  “Blueprint  for 

for a job well done. At the same time, the Americas region 

Profitability”.  For  shareholders,  it  came  in  the  form 

performed exceptionally well, highlighting the rigors of 

of  share  price  appreciation  of  more  than  90%  for 

our optimization program after undergoing a significant 

the year.

repositioning  of  our  delivery  model  offshore.  While  an 

improving U.S. economy and a recovering U.S. customer 

1

 
contact  management  industry  helped  our  performance, 

we also owe the Americas team a tremendous ovation for 

their efforts in 2005. 

  As  we  enter  2006,  we  have  already  set  in  motion 

strategies that we believe will help us sustain the growth 

service  portfolio  within 

•  We  acquired  a  Canadian  Employee  Assistance 
Programs provider called KLA, which both expanded 
the  healthcare 
our 
vertical  and  extended  our  reach  into  to  the 
corporate enterprise market. Previously, our clinical 
healthcare  group  in  Canada  had  serviced  only  the  

engine.  Before  we  elaborate  on  those  strategies,  let  us 

Canadian consumer. 

first  recap  our  2005  highlights,  the  overall  trends  in 

“. . . 2005 was a year that saw the validation by our clients of 

SYKES’ business focus, strong execution and early strategic 

investments in our offshore delivery model.” 

the  customer  contact  management  industry  and  our 

competitive position.

In  2005,  we  made  significant  progress  on  the 
“Blueprint  for  Profitability”  outlined  in  our  2004 
annual report.

With  2005  behind  us,  you  may  be 
wondering, where does the customer 
contact  management  industry  stand 
and  how 
is  SYKES  positioned 
competitively in the marketplace?

We are encouraged by the customer contact management 

•  We posted operating margins of better than 5% for 

industry’s  growth  prospects,  yet  given  our  experience, 

2005, almost double that of 2004;

•  We delivered year-over-year revenue growth in 2005 
of  6%  to  $495  million  versus  an  year-over-year 
revenue growth decline for 2004;

•  We rationalized excess capacity and increased U.S. 
capacity utilization to 71% at the end of the fourth 
quarter of 2005 versus 56% at the end of the fourth 
quarter of 2004;

•  We  further  diversified  within  our  verticals  and  
expanded  into  new  vertical  subsets  (or  business 
lines)  within  the  communications  verticals  with  
inroads into the cable broadband space, in addition to 
providing DSL and wireless customer care support. 
And our top-10 clients for 2005 as a percentage of 
revenues were at 44.3%; and

we  remain  cautiously  optimistic.  While 

industry 

data  point  to  a  shortening  sales  cycle  in  some  cases, 

the  sales  cycle  overall  remains  extended.  At  the 

same  time,  industry  analysts  such  as  Datamonitor 

are  forecasting  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of 

approximately  3%,  from  a  market  opportunity  of  

approximately $21 billion in 2004 to $24 billion in 2009. 

Although  the  growth  rate  varies  by  geography  (U.S.  & 

European growth is forecast to lag offshore), by verticals 

and by business lines, according to Datamonitor, the main 

points we want to make to investors are that 1) although 

not broad based, the industry is growing organically — 

driven by volume and some price stabilization; 2) certain 

client  programs  such  as  broadband  and  credit  card 

2

 
services,  at  least  in  SYKES’  case,  seem  to  be  exhibiting 

position  has  always  remained  solid.  Although  there  are 

strength  partly  due  to  market  share  gains  and  partly 

many  facets  to  the  competitive  landscape,  given  the 

due to the growing U.S. economy; 3) the secular trend 

significant size and the fragmented nature of the customer 

of customer support work going from in-house customer 

contact  industry,  we  believe  it  is  important  to  consider 

contact centers to outsourcers like SYKES remains intact; 

the key drivers that will influence our business decisions 

4)  albeit  slowly,  excess  seat  capacity  in  the  industry 

as we move forward and that we believe also are central 

continues to be rationalized; and 5) a natural evolution 

to  investor  discussions.  These  drivers  range  from  the 

is  starting  to  take  place:  the  customer  care  industry  is 

competitive threat from offshore players in such places 

becoming smarter about how it makes outsourcing and 

as  India  and  the  Philippines  to  the  competitive  threat 

offshoring  decisions.  In  other  words,  the  customers 

from systems integrators, captives (clients who run their 

are  focused  on  building “smart solutions” versus simply 

own  in-house  centers)  and  U.S.-based  competitors.  To 

“lower-cost solutions” — a trend that continues to create 

be sure, the emerging competitive threat from India and 

demand for both offshore and domestic solutions. 

the Philippines has the potential to upset the competitive 

  Even  amid  a  dynamic  market,  where  competition 

abounds  both  locally  and  globally,  SYKES’  competitive 

landscape.  But  we  believe  we  are  well  positioned  to 

compete, as most of these players are sub-scale and, in 

3

 
many cases, offer only a point solution serving a single 

our U.S. based competitors, many of whom haven’t yet 

client  in  a  single  vertical  from  a  single  geography.  As 

completely repositioned their delivery models.

for the systems integrators, we believe and have always 

believed  that  the  systems  integrators  will  likely  play 

the  role  of  a  channel  partner  for  pure-play  players  like 

SYKES, given the business model asymmetries with their 

core  IT  &  strategy  consulting  businesses  and  customer 

Entering  2006,  you  may  ask,  how 
do  we  plan  to  sustain  our  growth 
engine  —  a  revenue  growth  rate 
at  or  almost  twice  the  industry 

contact management services. That is also the case with 

competition from the captives, where our clients’ focus 

on their core competency and toward outsourcing non-

core functions plays to our strengths. And fi nally, given 

the  recent  and  growing  trends  of  offshoring  and  the 

requisite repositioning of the business model, we believe 

we  are  well-positioned  competitively  with  respect  to 

average?  Below  are  a  series  of 
initiatives  that  set  us  on  the  path. 
We believe that these initiatives will
be  accomplished  through  a  mix 
of  organic  growth  and  strategic 
acquisitions.

4

INCREASING SHARE OF SEATS WITHIN 

already supporting several leading broadband players in 

EXISTING CLIENTS

the  communications  industry.  Leveraging  that  success, 

Our client roster is extensive. SYKES provides customer 

we anticipate growing revenue further and using similar 

contact management support to over 100 multi-national 

strategies to penetrate other vertical subsets. For example, 

companies. In 2005, our top-10 clients constituted 44.3% 

where once we only serviced credit cards, we have made  

of revenues, while the top-30 accounted for 73.4%. With 

in-roads with servicing mortgages and insurance  products. 

such a deep client list, we have the opportunity to grow 

These verticals and the various vertical subsets — whether  

“As we look to 2006 and beyond, our challenge is not a 

lack of opportunities in the customer contact management 

industry, but a focus on the right opportunities.” 

our share across our  client base. One way to achieve that 

broadband, wireless, banking, credit cards or healthcare 

is to win a greater share of our clients’ in-house seats as 

—  are  proving  to  be  growth  areas  for  SYKES,  and 

well  as  gain  share  from  our  competitors.  Another  is  to 

we  are  excited  about  the  potential  opportunities  that 

layer on service enhancements, such as data mining and 

lie ahead. 

analytics and process improvements — all of which are 

built around and complement our core service offering. 

We  are  happy  to  report  that  our  solid  performance  is 

translating into share gain across a wide range of existing 

clients.  Further,  we  have  started  to  make  inroads  with 

our service enhancement strategy. Through our own in-

house  efforts  and  strategic  alliances,  we  are  proactively 

piloting a few such initiatives within our technology and 

communications verticals. 

TARGETING NEW CLIENTS

We  continue  to  leverage  our  operational  success  by 

expanding  into  complementary  vertical  subsets  of  new 

clients  within  our  targeted  verticals:  communications, 

financial  services  and  healthcare.  For  instance,  we 

leveraged our DSL expertise within the communications 

vertical to penetrate the cable broadband space. We are 

ESTABLISHING A FOOTHOLD IN 
EMERGING MARKETS

SYKES  has  benefited  and  continues  to  benefit  from 

the  first  wave  of  the  globalization  trend:  leveraging  its  

delivery model across four continents and 17 countries 

to  serve  12  markets.  As  globalization  rapidly  enters  its 

second wave, a significant future growth opportunity is 

swiftly  emerging  on  the  horizon  for  SYKES  to  leverage 

its early mover advantage to service burgeoning markets 

in China, Latin America and Eastern Europe. Latest data 

from  The  Economist  magazine  highlights  the  fact  that 

growth  is  on  the  march  in  these  emerging  markets  as 

a  result  of  globalization.  China,  where  we  have  had  a 

leading and growing presence since 2000, is forecast to 

grow at almost three times the rate of U.S. GDP growth. 

Similarly,  Hungary,  South  Africa  and  the  Latin  America 

region, where we have been firmly entrenched since the 

5

mid-to-late  90’s,  are  similarly  forecast  to  grow  above 

  The concrete outline we have laid out is necessary 

U.S. GDP growth rate. Having cultivated the experience, 

to sustaining the growth engine and, in turn, maintaining 

knowledge  and  brand  equity 

in 

these  emerging 

our  role  as  one  of  the  leading  providers  of  outsourced 

markets,  we  are  positioned  to  capitalize  on  the  growth 

customer contact management solutions and services in 

opportunities,  given  our  rapid  success  already  across 

the BPO arena. We will continue to raise the bar, as you, 

several verticals in China and Eastern Europe, including 

our investors, would expect. It is your constant support 

consumer products, utilities and transportation.

that  drives  our  organization  to  seek  to  surpass  each 

previous year’s performance. We intend to continue our 

leadership,  resiliency,  adaptiveness  and  responsiveness, 

as we meet each customer’s needs. These are the defining 

traits  John  Sykes,  our  founder,  instilled  in  us  and  ones 

we plan to keep up. We would like to thank our team of 

employees for all their efforts in enabling SYKES to reach 

its objectives and continually reinforcing our position in 

the marketplace. And on behalf of our entire management 

team, a special thank you to our board members for their 

continued support. 

CHARLES E. SYKES 

President & Chief Executive Officer

W. MICHAEL KIPPHUT 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ending  2005  on  a  positive  note  and 
starting 2006 with momentum driven 
by relentless focus. 

In  short,  2005  was  a  demonstration  in  conviction. 

What we promised when we laid out our “Blueprint for 

Profitability”, we delivered. 

  As  we  look  to  2006  and  beyond,  our  challenge 

is  not  a  lack  of  opportunities  in  the  customer  contact 

management 

industry,  but  a 

focus  on  the  right 

opportunities.  More  specifically,  that  focus  requires 

channeling  our  management  team’s  energies  toward 

targeting the right verticals, the right vertical subsets, the 

right  product  and  service  categories,  the  right  delivery 

geographies  and  the  right  capital  allocation  strategies. 

Simply  speaking,  that  focus  requires  solid  research, 

planning and execution. 

  Given the competitive and industry  dynamics, we 

know continued success takes discipline and hard work. 

The SYKES culture is not one to revel in success, but to 

learn from it, apply it and improve upon it. We respect 

our  competitors,  for  it  is  the  spirit  of  competition  that 

creates  the  best  outcome  for  our  clients  and  their  end 

customers. It is our duty, however, to seek to stay ahead 

of the curve and to lead the pack, not to be led. 

6

 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

[X]  Annual Report Pursuant To Section 13 Or 15(d) Of The Securities Exchange Act Of 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005  
Or  

[  ]  Transition Report Pursuant To Section 13 Or 15(d) Of The Securities Exchange Act Of 1934 
For The Transition Period From           To            

Commission File Number 0-28274  

Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Florida  
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

400 N. Ashley Drive, Tampa, Florida  
(Address of principal executive offices)  

56-1383460  
(IRS Employer  
Identification No.)  

33602  
(Zip Code)  

(813) 274-1000  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class  
Voting Common Stock $.01 Par Value  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Yes [  ]                           No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act. Yes [  ]                           No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
Yes [X]                           No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-accelerated  filer.  See 
definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer   [  ]          Accelerated filer   [X]          Non-accelerated filer   [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  

Yes  [  ]                        No  [X] 

The aggregate market value of the shares of voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant computed by reference 
to  the  closing  sales  price  of  such  shares  on  the  NASDAQ  National  Market  on  June 30,  2005,  the  last  business  day  of  the 
Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $372,470,379. 

As of February 24, 2006, there were 39,389,513 outstanding shares of common stock. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: 

Documents  ..................................................................................................................  
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the year 2006 
    Annual Meeting of Shareholders ..........................................................................  

Form 10-K Reference 

Part III Items 10–14 

 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page No.  

PART I  
Item 1     Business..................................................................................................................................................... 
Item 1A  Risk Factors............................................................................................................................................... 
Item 1B  Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................... 
Item 2     Properties  ................................................................................................................................................. 
Item 3     Legal Proceedings  ................................................................................................................................... 
Item 4     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ........................................................................... 

PART II  
Item 5     Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer 
                    Purchases of Equity Securities............................................................................................................ 
Item 6     Selected Financial Data ........................................................................................................................... 
Item 7     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............. 
Item 7A  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .............................................................. 
Item 8     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  ..................................................................................... 
Item 9     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures ........... 
Item 9A  Controls and Procedures  ......................................................................................................................... 
Item 9B  Other Information ..................................................................................................................................... 

PART III  
Item 10   Directors and Executive Officers  ........................................................................................................... 
Item 11   Executive Compensation ......................................................................................................................... 
Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  
                    Related Shareholder Matters............................................................................................................... 
Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  ................................................................................... 
Item 14   Principal Accountant Fees and Services  ................................................................................................ 

3   
11  
15  
16   
18  
18  

19  
20  
21  
35  
36  
36  
36  
39  

39  
39  

39  
39  
39  

PART IV  
Item 15   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule............................................................................................ 

40   

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I  

Item 1. Business  

General  

    Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and consolidated subsidiaries (“SYKES,” “our,” “us” or “we”) is a global leader 
in  providing  outsourced  customer  contact  management  solutions  and  services  in  the  business  process  outsourcing 
(“BPO”)  arena.  We  provide  an  array  of  sophisticated  customer  contact  management  solutions  to  a  wide  range  of 
clients  including  Fortune  1000  companies,  medium  sized  businesses,  and  public  institutions  around  the  world, 
primarily in the communications, technology/consumer, financial services, healthcare, and transportation and leisure 
industries.  We  serve  our  clients  through  two  geographic  operating  regions:  the  Americas  (United  States,  Canada, 
Latin America, India  and the Asia Pacific Rim) and  EMEA (Europe,  Middle East and Africa). Our Americas  and 
EMEA  groups  primarily  provide  customer  contact  outsourcing  services  (with  an  emphasis  on  inbound  technical 
support  and  customer  service),  which  includes  customer  assistance,  healthcare  and  roadside  assistance,  technical 
support and product sales to our client’s customers. These services are delivered through multiple communications 
channels including phone, e-mail, Web and chat. We also provide various enterprise support services in the United 
States that include services for our client’s internal support operations, from technical staffing services to outsourced 
corporate  help  desk  services.  In  Europe,  we  also  provide  fulfillment  services  including  multilingual  sales  order 
processing  via  the  Internet  and  phone,  inventory  control,  product  delivery  and  product  returns  handling.  Our 
complete service offering helps our clients acquire, retain and increase the value of their customer relationships. We 
have developed an extensive global reach with state-of-the-art customer contact management centers throughout the 
United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Latin  America,  Asia  and  Africa.  SYKES  delivers  cost-effective  solutions  that 
enhance  the  customer  service  experience,  promote  stronger  brand  loyalty,  and  bring  about  high  levels  of 
performance and profitability. 

    SYKES  was  founded  in  1977  in  North  Carolina  and  we  moved  our  headquarters  to  Florida  in  1993.  In  March 
1996,  we  changed  our  state  of  incorporation  from  North  Carolina  to  Florida.  Our  headquarters  are  located  at  400 
North Ashley Drive, 28th Floor, Tampa, Florida 33602, and our telephone number is (813) 274-1000.  

    Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments 
to  those  reports,  as  well  as  our  proxy  statements  and  other  materials  which  are  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) are made available, free of charge, on or through our Internet website 
at  www.sykes.com/investors.asp  under  the  heading  “Financial  Reports  —  SEC  Filings,”  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.  

Industry Overview  

    According  to  industry  analysts  at  Datamonitor,  the  outsourced  customer  contact  management  solutions  market 
was estimated for the U.S., Western Europe and the rest of the world to be approximately $15 billion, $6 billion and 
$3  billion  in  2005,  respectively.  Also,  the  five  primary  verticals  in  which  we  participate  —  communications, 
technology/consumer, financial services, healthcare and transportation and leisure — constitute approximately 80% 
of the total worldwide market. We believe that growth for outsourced customer contact management solutions and 
services  will  be  fueled  by  the  trend  of  global  Fortune  1000  companies  and  medium  sized  businesses  turning  to 
outsourcers  to  provide  high  quality,  cost-effective,  value  added  customer  contact  management  solutions.   
Increasingly they are moving toward integrated solutions that consist of a combination of support from core markets 
in the United States, Canada and Europe and offshore markets in the Asia Pacific Rim and Latin America. 

    In today’s ever-changing marketplace, companies require innovative customer contact management solutions that 
allow  them  to  enhance  the  end  user’s  experience  with  their  products  and  services,  strengthen  and  enhance  their 
company brands, maximize the lifetime value of their customers, turn cost centers into profit centers, efficiently and 
effectively deliver human interaction when customers value it most, and deploy best in-class customer management 
strategies, processes and technologies.  

    Global  competition,  pricing  pressures,  softness  in  the  global  economy  and  rapid  changes  in  technology  are 
making  it  increasingly  difficult  for  companies  to  cost  effectively  maintain  the  in-house  personnel  necessary  to 
handle all their customer contact management needs. As a result, companies are increasingly turning to outsourcers 
to  perform  specialized  functions  and  services  in  the  customer  contact  management  arena.  By  working  in  a 

3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
partnership  with  outsourcers,  companies  can  ensure  that  the  crucial  task  of  retaining  and  growing  their  customer 
base is addressed.  

    Companies outsource customer contact management solutions for various reasons, including the need to focus on 
core competencies, to drive service excellence and execution, to achieve cost savings, to scale and grow geographies 
and niche markets and to efficiently allocate capital within their organizations. 

    To  address  these  needs,  SYKES  offers  full,  global  customer  contact  management  solutions  that  focus  on 
proactively identifying and solving our clients’ business challenges.  We provide consistent high-value support for 
our clients’ customers across the globe in a multitude of languages, leveraging our dynamic, secure communications 
infrastructure  and  our  global  footprint  that  reaches  across  17  countries.  This  global  footprint  includes  established 
operations in both onshore and offshore geographic markets where companies have access to high quality customer 
contact management solutions at lower costs compared to other markets.  

Business Strategy 

    Our  goal  is  to  provide  enhanced  customer  contact  management  solutions  and  services  in  a  proactive  and 
responsive  manner,  acting  as  a  partner  in  our  client’s  business.  We  anticipate  trends  and  deliver  new  ways  of 
growing  clients’  customer  satisfaction  and  retention  rates,  thus  profit,  through  timely,  insightful  and  proven 
solutions. 

    Our business strategy encompasses building long-term client relationships, capitalizing on our expert worldwide 
response  team,  leveraging  our  depth  of  relevant  experience  and  expanding  both  organically  and  through 
acquisitions. The principles of this strategy include the following:  

    Build Long-term Client Relationships Through Service Excellence. We believe that providing high-value, high-
quality  service  is  critical  in  our  clients’  decisions  to  outsource  and  in  building  long-term  relationships  with  our 
clients.  To  ensure  service  excellence  and  consistency  across  each  of  our  centers  globally,  we  implemented  an 
internally  developed  quality  program  titled  SYKES  Standard  of  Excellence  (“SSE”).  This  quality  certification 
standard is a compilation of more than 25 years of experience and best practices from industry standards such as the 
Malcolm  Baldrige National Quality Award and COPC (Customer Operations Performance  Center Inc.) along with 
our standard operating procedures. Every customer contact management center strives to meet or exceed the criteria 
set forth by SSE, which address leadership, hiring and training, performance management down to the agent level, 
forecasting  and  scheduling,  and  the  client  relationship  including  continuous  improvement,  disaster  recovery  plans 
and feedback.  

    Capitalize on an Expert Worldwide Response Team. Companies are demanding a customer contact management 
solution  that  is  global  in  nature  —  one  of  our  key  strengths.  In  addition  to  our  network  of  customer  contact 
management centers throughout North America and Europe, we continue to develop our global delivery model with 
operations  in  the  Philippines,  The  Peoples  Republic  of  China,  Costa  Rica  and  El  Salvador,  offering  our  clients  a 
secure, high quality solution tailored to the needs of their diverse and global markets.  We continued to expand our 
global footprint, adding centers in El Salvador in 2004 and Slovakia in 2005.   

    Maintain a Competitive Advantage Through Our Depth of Relevant Experience in Technology Solutions. For 
more than 25 years, SYKES has been an innovative pioneer in delivering customer contact management solutions. 
We seek to maintain a competitive advantage and differentiation by utilizing technology in new and creative ways to 
consistently  deliver  innovative  service  solutions,  ultimately  enhancing  the  client’s  relationship  with  its  customers 
and  generating  revenue  growth.    This  includes  knowledge  solutions  for  agents  and  end  customers,  automatic  call 
distributors, intelligent call routing and workforce management capabilities based on agent skill and availability, call 
tracking  software,  quality  management  systems  and  computer-telephony  integration  (“CTI”).  CTI enables  our 
customer contact management centers to serve as transparent extensions for our clients, receive telephone calls and 
data  directly  from  our  clients’  systems,  and  report  detailed  information  concerning  the  status  and  results  of  our 
services on a daily basis.   

     Through  strategic  technology  relationships,  we  are  able  to  provide  fully  integrated  communication  services 
encompassing e-mail, chat and Web self-service platforms. In addition, the European deployment of Global Direct, 
our customer relationship management (“CRM”)/ e-commerce application utilized within the fulfillment operations, 
establishes  a  platform  whereby  our  clients  can  manage  all  customer  profile  and  contact  information  from  every 
communication channel, making it a viable customer-facing infrastructure solution to support their CRM initiatives. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     We  are  also  continuing  to  capitalize  on  sophisticated  and  specialized  technological  capabilities,  including  our 
current private ATM network that provides us the ability to manage call volumes more efficiently by load balancing 
calls and data between customer contact management centers over the same network. Our converged voice and data 
ATM communications network provides a high-quality, fault tolerant global network for the transport of Voice Over 
Internet Protocol communications and fully integrates with emergent Internet Protocol telephony systems as well as 
traditional  Time Domain Multiplexing  telephony systems.  Our flexible,  secure and scalable network infrastructure 
allows us to rapidly respond to changes in client voice and data traffic and quickly establish support operations for 
new and existing clients.  

    Continue  to Grow Our  Business Organically and through Acquisitions.  We have grown our customer contact 
management  outsourcing  operations  utilizing  a  strategy  of  both  internal  organic  growth  and  external  acquisitions. 
This  strategy  has  resulted  in  an  increase  from  three  U.S.  customer  contact  management  centers  in  1994  to  37 
customer  contact  management  centers  worldwide  as  of  the  end  of  2005.  Given  the  fragmented  nature  of  the 
customer  contact  management  industry,  there  may  be  other  companies  that  could  bring  us  certain  complementary 
competencies.  Acquisition  candidates  that  can,  among  other  competencies,  expand  our  service  offerings,  broaden 
our  geographic  footprint,  allow  us  access  to  new  technology  and  are  synergistic  in  nature,  will  be  given 
consideration. We have and will continue to explore these options upon identification of strategic opportunities.  

Growth Strategy 

    Applying  the key principles of our business strategy, we  execute our growth strategy by focusing on increasing 
our share of seats within existing clients, targeting new clients and establishing a foothold in emerging markets. 

    Increasing Share of Seats  within  Existing  Clients.  We  provide customer  contact  management support  to over 
100 multinational companies. With this client list, we have the opportunity to grow our share of SYKES’ client base. 
We  strive  to  achieve  this  by  winning  a  greater  share  of  our  clients’  in-house  seats  as  well  as  gain  share  from  our 
competitors  through  continued  solid  quality  performance  and  service  enhancements  such  as  data  mining  and 
analytics and process improvements – all of which are built around and complement our core service offering. 

    Targeting New Clients.  We leverage our operational success by expanding into complementary business lines of 
new clients within our targeted verticals: communications, financial services and healthcare. For instance, we have 
successfully  leveraged  our  Digital  Subscriber  Line  (”DSL”)  expertise  within  the  communications  vertical  to 
penetrate the cable broadband space. Building on that success, we anticipate growing revenue further using similar 
strategies  to  penetrate  other  subsets  of  these  targeted  verticals,  like  communications,  financial  services  and 
healthcare. 

    Establishing a Foothold in Emerging Markets.  As part of our growth strategy, we use SYKES’ delivery model 
to service core markets in the United States, Canada and Europe. The U.S., for instance, is a core market which is 
partly  served  by  offshore  customer  contact  management  centers  across  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim  and  Latin  America 
regions.  As  countries  in  these  regions  experience  rising  living  standards  due  to  globalization,  we  are  poised  to 
leverage our centers to serve the emerging markets in these regions. 

Services 

    We  specialize  in  providing  inbound  outsourced  customer  contact  management  solutions  in  the  BPO  arena  on  a 
global  basis.  Our  customer  contact  management  services  are  provided  through  two  operating  segments  —  the 
Americas  and  EMEA.  The  Americas  region,  representing  64.3%  of  consolidated  revenues  in  2005,  includes  the 
United States, Canada, Latin America and the Asia Pacific Rim. The sites within Latin America and the Asia Pacific 
Rim  are  included  in  the  Americas  region  as  they  provide  a  significant  service  delivery  vehicle  for  U.S.  based 
companies that are utilizing our customer contact management solutions in these locations to support their customer 
care needs. The EMEA region, representing 35.7% of consolidated revenues in 2005, includes Europe, the Middle 
East and Africa. For further information about segments, see Note 20, Segments and Geographic Information, to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. The following is a description of our customer contact management solutions:  

    Outsourced  Customer  Contact  Management  Services.  Our  outsourced  customer  contact  management  services 
represented  approximately  94.6%  of  total  2005  consolidated  revenues.  Every  year,  we  handle  over  100  million 
customer contacts including phone, e-mail, Web and chat throughout the Americas and EMEA regions. We provide 
these  services  utilizing  our  advanced  technology  infrastructure,  human  resource  management  skills  and  industry 
experience. These services include:  

5  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Customer  care  —  Customer  care  contacts  primarily  include  product  information  requests,  describing  product 
features,  activating  customer  accounts,  resolving  complaints,  handling  billing  inquiries,  changing  addresses, 
claims  handling,  ordering/reservations,  prequalification  and  warranty  management,  providing  health 
information and roadside assistance; 

  Technical  support  —  Technical  support  contacts  primarily  include  handling  inquiries  regarding  hardware, 
software, communications services, communications equipment, Internet access technology and Internet portal 
usage; and 

  Acquisition — Our acquisition services are primarily focused on inbound up-selling/cross-selling of our client’s 

products and services. 

     We provide these services, primarily inbound customer calls, through our extensive global network of customer 
contact  management  centers, where our customer  contact agents provide  support in  a multitude of languages. Our 
technology  infrastructure  and  managed  service  solutions  allow  for  effective  distribution  of  calls  to  one  or  more 
centers.  These  technology  offerings  provide  our  clients  and  us  with  the  leading  edge  tools  needed  to  maximize 
quality and customer satisfaction while controlling and minimizing costs. 

    Fulfillment Services. In Europe, we offer fulfillment services that are fully integrated with our customer care and 
technical support services. Our fulfillment solutions include multilingual sales order processing via the Internet and 
phone, payment processing, inventory control, product delivery and product returns handling.  

    Enterprise  Support  Services.  In  the  United  States,  we  provide  a  range  of  enterprise  support  services  including 
technical staffing services and outsourced corporate help desk solutions.  

Operations  

    Customer Contact Management Centers. We operate eighteen stand-alone customer contact management centers 
in  Europe  and  South  Africa,  eight  centers  in  the  United  States,  two  centers  in  Canada  and  nine  centers  offshore, 
including The Peoples Republic of China, the Philippines, Costa Rica and El Salvador.  

    In an effort to stay ahead of industry off-shoring trends, we opened our first customer contact management centers 
in the Philippines and Costa Rica over eight years ago. By 2005, we expanded to five centers in the Philippines, two 
in Costa Rica, one in The People’s Republic of China, and one in El Salvador.  

    Due  to  shifts  in  business  demand  for  offshore  customer  contact  management  centers,  we  closed  several  under-
utilized  customer  contact  management  centers  in  the  United  States  in  2004  and  2003.  In  addition,  related  to  our 
efforts to reduce costs, we closed two centers  in Europe and one center in the  Middle East in 2004 and closed the 
center in India in 2005.   

    We  utilize  a  sophisticated  workforce  management  system  to  provide  efficient  scheduling  of  personnel.  Our 
internally developed digital private communications network complements our workforce by allowing for effective 
call  volume  management  and  disaster  recovery  backup.  Through  this  network  and  our  dynamic  intelligent  call 
routing capabilities, we can rapidly respond to changes in client call volumes and move call volume traffic based on 
agent availability and skill throughout our network of centers, improving the responsiveness and productivity of our 
agents. We also can offer cost competitive solutions for taking calls to our offshore locations.  

    Our sophisticated data warehouse captures and downloads customer contact information for reporting on a daily, 
real  time  and  historical  basis.  This  data  provides  our  clients  with  direct  visibility  into  the  services  that  we  are 
providing for them. The data warehouse supplies information for our performance management systems such as our 
agent scorecarding application, which provides management with the information required for effective management 
of our operations.  

    Our customer contact  management centers are protected by a fire extinguishing system, backup generators with 
significant capacity and 24 hour refueling contracts and short-term battery backups in the event of a power outage, 
reduced voltage or a power surge. Rerouting of call volumes to other customer contact management centers is also 
available in the  event of a telecommunications failure, natural disaster or other  emergency. Security  measures are 
imposed to prevent unauthorized physical access. Software and related data files are backed up daily and stored off 
site  at  multiple  locations.  We  carry  business  interruption  insurance  covering  interruptions  that  might  occur  as  a 
result of damage to our business.  

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Fulfillment  Centers.  We currently have  three fulfillment centers located  in Europe. We provide our fulfillment 
services primarily to certain clients operating in Europe who desire this complementary service in connection with 
outsourced customer contact management services.  

    Enterprise Support Services Offices. Our two enterprise support services offices are located in metropolitan areas 
in  the  United  States  to  provide  a  recruiting  platform  for  high-end  knowledge  workers  and  to  establish  a  local 
presence to service major accounts.  

Quality Assurance  

    We believe that providing consistent high quality service is critical  in our clients’ decisions to outsource and in 
building  long-term  relationships  with  our  clients.  It  is  also  our  belief  and  commitment  that  quality  is  the 
responsibility  of  each  individual  at  every  level  of  the  organization.  To  ensure  service  excellence  and  continuity 
across  our  organization,  we  have  developed  an  integrated  Quality  Assurance  program  consisting  of  three  major 
components:  

  The certification of client accounts and customer contact management centers to the SSE program; 
  The  application  of  continuous  improvement  through  application  of  our  Data  Analytics  and  Six  Sigma 

techniques; and 

  The application of process audits to all work procedures. 

    The  SSE  program  is  a  quality  certification  standard  that  was  developed  based  on  our  more  than  25  years  of 
experience, and best practices from industry standards such as the COPC and Support Center Practices. It specifies 
the  requirements  that  must  be  met  in  each  of  our  customer  contact  management  centers  including  measured 
performance  against  our  standard  operating  procedures.  It  has  a  well-defined  auditing  process  that  ensures 
compliance with the SSE standards. Our focus is on quality, predictability and consistency over time, not just point 
in time certification. 

    The  application  of  continuous  improvement  is  established  by  SSE  and  is  based  upon  the  five-step  Six  Sigma 
cycle,  which  we  have  tuned  to  apply  specifically  to  our  service  industry.  All  managers  are  responsible  for 
continuous improvement in their operations.  

    Process  audits  are  used  to  verify  that  processes  and  procedures  are  consistently  executed  as  required  by 
established  documentation.  Process  audits  are  applicable  to  services  being  provided  for  the  client  and  internal 
procedures.  

Sales and Marketing  

    Our  sales  and  marketing  objective  is  to  leverage  our  expertise  and  global  presence  to  develop  long-term 
relationships with existing and future clients. Our customer contact management solutions have been developed to 
help our clients acquire, retain, and increase the value of their customer relationships. Our plans for increasing our 
visibility  include  market  focused  advertising  consultative  personal  visits  with  existing  and  potential  clients, 
participation in market specific trade shows and seminars, speaking engagements, articles and white papers, and our 
website. 

    Our  sales  force  is  composed  of  business  development  managers  who  pursue  new  business  opportunities  and 
strategic  account  managers  that  manage  and  grow  relationships  with  existing  accounts.  We  emphasize  account 
development to strengthen relationships with existing clients. Business development and strategic account managers 
are  assigned  to  markets  in  their  area  of  expertise  in  order  to  develop  a  complete  understanding  of  each  client’s 
particular needs, to form strong client relationships and encourage cross-selling of our other service offerings. We 
have inside customer sales representatives who receive customer inquiries and provide outbound lead generation for 
the business development managers. We also have relationships with channel partners including systems integrators, 
software  and  hardware  vendors  and  value-added  resellers,  where  we  pair  our  solutions  and  services  with  their 
product  offering  or  focus.  We  plan  to  maintain  and  expand  these  relationships  as  part  of  our  sales  and  marketing 
strategy. 

    As part of our marketing efforts, we invite existing and potential clients to visit our customer contact management 
centers, where we can demonstrate  the  expertise of our skilled staff  in partnering to deliver new ways of growing 
clients’ customer satisfaction and retention rates, thus profit, through timely, insightful and proven solutions. During 

7  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
these  visits,  we  demonstrate  our  ability  to  quickly  and  effectively  support  a  new  client  or  scale  business  from  an 
existing client by emphasizing our systematic approach to implementing customer contact solutions throughout the 
world.  

Clients 

    In  2005,  we  provided  service  to  hundreds  of  clients  from  our  locations  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Latin 
America, Europe, the Philippines, The Peoples Republic of China, India and South Africa. These clients are Fortune 
1000  corporations,  medium  sized  businesses  and  public 
the  communications, 
technology/consumer,  financial  services,  healthcare,  and  transportation  and  leisure  industries.  Revenue  by  vertical 
market  for  2005,  as  a  percentage  of  our  consolidated  revenues,  was  34%  for  technology/consumer,  34%  for 
communications,  8%  for  financial  services,  8%  for  healthcare,  6%  for  transportation  and  leisure,  and  10%  for  all 
other  vertical  markets,  including  government-related  and  utilities.  We  believe  our  globally  recognized  client  base 
presents opportunities for further cross marketing of our services.  

institutions,  which  span 

    For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  total  revenues  included  $31.4 million,  or  6.4%  of 
consolidated revenues, $36.6 million, or 7.8% of consolidated revenues, and $81.2 million, or 16.9% of consolidated 
revenues,  respectively,  from  Accenture,  a  leading  systems  integrator  that  represents  a  major  provider  of 
communication services to whom we provide various outsourced customer contact management services. Effective 
May 1, 2003, we entered into a subcontractor services agreement (the “Agreement”) with Accenture following the 
execution of a primary services agreement between  the major provider of communication services  and Accenture. 
Under  the  terms  of  this  three-year  Agreement,  which  contains  penalty  provisions  for  failure  to  meet  minimum 
service  levels  and  is  cancelable  with  6  months  written  notice,  we  provide  the  products  and  services  necessary  to 
support and assist Accenture in the management and performance of its primary services agreement. We expect to 
renew this Agreement before it expires on April 30, 2006.  

  In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, total revenues included $27.3 million, or 5.5% 
of  consolidated  revenues,  $33.8 million,  or  7.3%  of  consolidated  revenues,  and  $58.5 million,  or  12.2%  of 
consolidated revenues, respectively, from Microsoft Corporation, a major provider of software and related services.  

    Although  no  client  represented  10%  or  more  of  2005  consolidated  revenues,  our  top  ten  clients  accounted  for 
approximately 44% of our consolidated revenues in 2005. The loss of (or the failure to retain a significant amount of 
business  with)  Accenture,  Microsoft  or  any  of  our  other  key  clients  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
performance. Many of our contracts contain penalty provisions for failure to meet minimum service levels and are 
cancelable by the client at any time or on short notice. Also, clients may unilaterally reduce their use of our services 
under our contracts without penalty.  

Competition  

    The industry in which we operate is global, therefore highly fragmented and extremely competitive. While many 
companies provide customer contact management solutions and services, we believe no one company is dominant in 
the industry.  

    In most cases, our principal competition stems from our existing and potential clients’ in-house customer contact 
management operations. When it is not the in-house operations of a client, our public and private direct competition 
includes  TeleTech,  Sitel,  APAC  Customer  Services,  ICT  Group,  Client  Logic,  Convergys,  West  Corporation, 
Stream,  PeopleSupport,  EDS,  IBM  and  NCO  Group  as  well  as  the  customer  care  arm  of  such  companies  as 
Accenture, WIPRO, 24/7, Infosys and SR Teleperformance. There are other numerous and varied providers of such 
services, including firms  specializing in various  CRM consulting, other customer  management solutions providers 
—  niche  or  large  market  companies,  as  well  as  product  distribution  companies  that  provide  fulfillment  services. 
Some of these companies possess substantially greater resources, greater name recognition and a more established 
customer base than we.  

    We believe that the most significant competitive factors in the sale of outsourced customer contact management 
services include service quality, tailored value added service offerings, industry experience, advanced technological 
capabilities,  global  coverage,  reliability,  scalability,  security  and  price.  As  a  result  of  intense  competition, 
outsourced customer contact management solutions and services frequently are subject to pricing pressure. Clients 
also require outsourcers to be able to provide services in multiple locations. Competition for contracts for many of 
our services takes the form of competitive bidding in response to requests for proposals.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property 

    We rely upon a combination of contract provisions and trade secret laws to protect the proprietary technology we 
use  at  our  customer  contact  management  centers  and  facilities.  We  also  rely  on  a  combination  of  copyright, 
trademark and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary software. We attempt to further protect our trade secrets 
and other proprietary information through agreements with employees and consultants. We do not hold any patents 
and do not have any patent applications pending. There can be no assurance that the steps we have taken to protect 
our  proprietary  technology  will  be  adequate  to  deter  misappropriation  of  our  proprietary  rights  or  third-party 
development  of  similar  proprietary  software.  Sykes  ®,  REAL  PEOPLE.  REAL  SOLUTIONS.  ®  and  Sykes 
Answerteam  ® are our registered service marks. We hold a number of registered trademarks, including ETSC  ®, FS 
PRO ® and FS PRO MARKETPLACE ®. 

Employees 

    At January 31, 2006, we had approximately 18,900 employees worldwide, consisting of 17,140 customer contact 
agents  handling  technical  and  customer  support  inquiries  at  our  centers,  1,540  in  management,  administration, 
finance and sales and marketing, 100 in enterprise support services, and 120 in fulfillment services. Our employees, 
with  the exception of  approximately 550  employees in Europe, are not represented by  a  labor union and we have 
never  suffered  an  interruption  of  business  as  a  result  of  a  labor  dispute.  We  consider  our  relations  with  our 
employees to be good.  

    We employ personnel through a continually updated recruiting network. This network includes a seasoned team 
of recruiters,  a company-wide  candidate database, Internet/newspaper  advertising, candidate referral programs and 
job fairs. However, demand for qualified professionals with the required language and technical skills may exceed 
supply, as new skills are needed to keep pace with the requirements of customer engagements. Competition for such 
personnel is intense and employee turnover in this industry is high. 

Executive Officers  

    The following table provides the names and ages of our executive officers, and the positions and offices currently 
held by each of them:  

Name 
Charles E. Sykes  
W. Michael Kipphut   
James C. Hobby 
Jenna R. Nelson  
Daniel L. Hernandez   
David L. Pearson 
Lawrence R. Zingale  
William N. Rocktoff   
James T. Holder 

Age  
42   
52   
55   
42   
39   
47  
50  
43   
47  

   Principal Position 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
Senior Vice President, Global Operations  
Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
Senior Vice President, Global Strategy  
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer 
Senior Vice President, Global Sales and Client Management 
Vice President and Corporate Controller  
Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 

9  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Charles E. Sykes joined SYKES in 1986 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer in August 2004.  
From  July  2003  to  August  2004,  Mr.  Sykes  was  the  Chief  Operating  Officer.  From  March 2000  to  June 2001, 
Mr. Sykes  was  Senior  Vice  President,  Marketing  and  in  June 2001  he  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  General 
Manager, Senior Vice President — the Americas. From December 1996 to March 2000, he served as Vice President, 
Sales and held the position of Regional Manager of the Midwest Region for Professional Services from 1992 until 
1996. Mr. Charles E. Sykes is the son of Mr. John H. Sykes.  

    W. Michael Kipphut, C.P.A., joined SYKES in March 2000 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and 
was named Senior Vice President and Chief Financial officer in June 2001. From September 1998 to February 2000, 
Mr. Kipphut  held  the  position  of  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  for  USA  Floral  Products,  Inc.,  a 
publicly held worldwide perishable products distributor. From September 1994 until September 1998, Mr. Kipphut 
held the position of Vice President and Treasurer for Spalding & Evenflo Companies, Inc., a global manufacturer of 
consumer products. Previously, Mr. Kipphut held various financial positions including Vice President and Treasurer 
in his 17 years at Tyler Corporation, a publicly held diversified holding company.  

    James  C.  Hobby  joined  SYKES  in  August 2003  as  Senior  Vice  President,  the  Americas,  overseeing  the  daily 
operations, administration and development of SYKES’ customer care and enterprise support operations throughout 
North  America,  Latin  America,  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim  and  India  and  was  named  Senior  Vice  President,  Global 
Operations  in  January  2005.  Prior  to  joining  SYKES,  Mr. Hobby  held  several  positions  at  Gateway,  Inc.,  most 
recently serving as President of Consumer Customer Care since August 1999. From January 1999 to August 1999, 
Mr. Hobby  served  as  Vice  President  of  European  Customer  Care  for  Gateway,  Inc.  From  January 1996  to 
January 1999, Mr. Hobby served as the Vice President of European Customer Service Centers at American Express. 
Prior to January 1996, Mr. Hobby held various senior management positions in customer care at FedEx Corporation 
since 1983, mostly recently serving as Managing Director, European Customer Service Operations. 

    Jenna  R.  Nelson  joined  SYKES  in  August 1993  and  was  named  Senior  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  in 
July 2001. From January 2001 until July 2001,  Ms. Nelson held the position of Vice President, Human  Resources. 
In  August  1998,  Ms. Nelson  was  appointed  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  and  held  the  position  of  Director, 
Human  Resources  and  Administration  from  August 1996  to  July  1998.  From  August 1993  until  July 1996, 
Ms. Nelson served in various management positions within SYKES, including Director of Administration.  

      Daniel  L.  Hernandez  joined  SYKES  in  October 2003  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Global  Strategy  overseeing 
marketing,  public  relations,  operational  strategy  and  corporate  development  efforts  worldwide.  Prior  to  joining 
SYKES, Mr. Hernandez served as President and CEO of SBC Internet Services, a division of SBC Communications 
Inc.,  since  March 2000.  From  February 1998  to  March 2000,  Mr. Hernandez  held  the  position  of  Vice 
President/General  Manager,  Internet  and  System  Operations  at  Ameritech  Interactive  Media  Services.  Prior  to 
February 1998, Mr. Hernandez held various management positions at U S West Communications since joining the 
telecommunications provider in 1990.  

     David  L.  Pearson  joined  SYKES  in  February  1997  as  Vice  President,  Engineering  and  was  named  Vice 
President,  Technology  Systems  Management  in  2000  and  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  in 
August 2004.  Prior to SYKES, Mr. Pearson held various engineering and technical management roles over a fifteen 
year period, including eight years at Compaq Computer Corporation and five years at Texas Instruments.  

     Lawrence  R.  Zingale  joined  SYKES  in  January  2006  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Global  Sales  and  Client 
Management. Prior to joining SYKES, Mr. Zingale served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
of  Startek,  Inc.  since  2002.  From  December  1999  until  November  2001,  Mr.  Zingale  served  as  President  of  the 
Americas at Stonehenge Telecom, Inc. From May 1997 until November 1999, Mr. Zingale served as President and 
COO of International Community Marketing. From February 1980 until May 1997, Mr. Zingale held various senior 
level positions at AT&T.  

    William N. Rocktoff, C.P.A., joined SYKES in August 1997 as Corporate Controller and was named Treasurer 
and  Corporate  Controller  in  December  1999  and  Vice  President  and  Corporate  Controller  in  March  2002.  From 
November  1989  to  August  1997,  Mr.  Rocktoff  held  various  financial  positions,  including  Corporate  Controller  at 
Kimmins Corporation, a publicly held contracting company.  

    James T. Holder, J.D., C.P.A joined SYKES in December 2000 as General Counsel and was named Corporate 
Secretary  in  January  2001  and  Vice  President  in  January  2004.  From  November  1999  until  November  2000,  Mr. 
Holder served  in  a  consulting  capacity as Special  Counsel to Checkers Drive-In  Restaurants, Inc.,  a publicly held 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restaurant  operator  and  franchisor.  From  November  1993  until  November  1999,  Mr.  Holder  served  in  various 
capacities at Checkers including Corporate Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President and General 
Counsel.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Factors Influencing Future Results and Accuracy of Forward - Looking Statements 

    This report contains forward-looking statements (within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act of 1995) that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about us, our beliefs, and 
assumptions  made  by  us.  In  addition,  we  may  make  other  written  or  oral  statements,  which  constitute  forward-
looking  statements,  from  time  to  time.  Words  such  as  “may,”  “expects,”  “projects,”  “anticipates,”  “intends,” 
“plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to identify 
such  forward-looking  statements.  Similarly,  statements  that  describe  our  future  plans,  objectives  or  goals  also  are 
forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to a number 
of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this report. Our actual results may differ 
materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not 
be placed on such statements. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date hereof, and we undertake no 
obligation  to  update  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or 
otherwise.  

    Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to: the marketplace’s continued receptivity to our terms and elements 
of services offered under our standardized contract for future bundled service offerings; our ability to continue the 
growth  of  our  service  revenues  through  additional  customer  contact  management  centers;  our  ability  to  further 
penetrate into vertically integrated markets; our ability to expand revenues within the global markets; our ability to 
continue to establish a competitive advantage through sophisticated technological capabilities, and the following risk 
factors:  

Dependence on Key Clients  

    We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a few key clients. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 
2004 and 2003, total revenues included $31.4 million, or 6.4% of consolidated revenues, $36.6 million, or 7.8% of 
consolidated  revenues,  and  $81.2 million,  or  16.9%  of  consolidated  revenues,  respectively,  from  Accenture,  a 
leading systems integrator that represents a major provider of communication services to whom we provide various 
outsourced customer contact management services. Effective May 1, 2003, we entered into a subcontractor services 
agreement (the “Agreement”) with Accenture following the execution of a primary services agreement between the 
major  provider  of  communication  services  and  Accenture.  Under  the  terms  of  this  three-year  Agreement,  which 
contains  penalty  provisions  for  failure  to  meet  minimum  service  levels  and  is  cancelable  with  6  months  written 
notice,  we  will  continue  to  provide  the  products  and  services  necessary  to  support  and  assist  Accenture  in  the 
management  and  performance  of  its  primary  services  agreement.  We  expect  to  renew  this  agreement  before  it 
expires on April 30, 2006. 

    In addition, total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, includes $27.3 million, or 5.5% 
of  consolidated  revenues,  $33.8 million,  or  7.3%  of  consolidated  revenues,  and  $58.5 million,  or  12.2%  of 
consolidated revenues, respectively, from Microsoft Corporation, a major provider of software and related services. 
Our top ten  clients  accounted for approximately 44%, 45% and 59%, of  consolidated revenue for the years  ended 
December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.  

    Our loss of, or the failure to retain a significant amount of business with Accenture, Microsoft or any of our other 
key clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Many 
of  our  contracts  contain  penalty  provisions  for  failure  to  meet  minimum  service  levels  and  are  cancelable  by  the 
client at any time or on short-term notice. Also, clients may unilaterally reduce their use of our services under these 
contracts without penalty. Thus, our contracts with our clients do not ensure that we will generate a minimum level 
of revenues.  

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Associated With International Operations and Expansion  

    We  intend  to  continue  to  pursue  growth  opportunities  in  markets  outside  the  United  States.  At  December 31, 
2005,  our  international  operations  in  EMEA  and  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim  were  conducted  from  24  customer  contact 
management centers located in Sweden, the Netherlands, Finland, Germany, South Africa, Scotland, Ireland, Italy, 
Hungary, Slovakia, Spain, The Peoples Republic of China and the Philippines. Revenues from these operations for 
the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004,  and  2003,  were  57%,  59%,  and  44%  of  consolidated  revenues, 
respectively.  We  also  conduct  business  from  five  customer  contact  management  centers  located  in  Canada,  Costa 
Rica and El Salvador. International operations are subject to certain risks common to international activities, such as 
changes in foreign governmental regulations, tariffs and taxes, import/export license requirements, the imposition of 
trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, political uncertainties, longer payment 
cycles,  foreign  exchange  restrictions  that  could  limit  the  repatriation  of  earnings,  possible  greater  difficulties  in 
accounts  receivable  collection,  and  economic  instability.  Additionally,  we  have  been  granted  tax  holidays  in  the 
Philippines,  El  Salvador,  India  and  Costa  Rica,  which  expire  at  varying  dates  from  2006  through  2013.  In  some 
cases, the tax holidays expire without possibility of renewal. In other cases, we expect to renew these tax holidays, 
but  there  are  no  assurances  from  the  respective  foreign  governments  that  they  will  renew  them.  This  could 
potentially result in adverse tax consequences. Any one or more of these factors could have an adverse effect on our 
international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

    As of December 31, 2005, we had cash balances of approximately $86.3 million held in international operations, 
which may be subject to additional taxes if repatriated to the United States.  

    We  conduct  business  in  various  foreign  currencies  and  are  therefore  exposed  to  market  risk  from  changes  in 
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates,  which  could  impact  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.  We  are  also  subject  to  certain  exposures  arising  from  the  translation  and  consolidation  of  the  financial 
results of our foreign subsidiaries. We have, from time to time, taken limited actions, such as using foreign currency 
forward contracts, to attempt to mitigate our currency exchange exposure. However, there can be no assurance that 
we will take any actions to mitigate such exposure in the future, and if taken, that such actions will be successful or 
that  future  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  future  operating  results.  A 
significant  change in  the value of  the dollar against  the  currency of one or  more  countries  where we operate  may 
have a material adverse effect on our results.  

Fundamental Shift Toward Global Service Delivery Markets 

    Clients are increasingly requiring blended delivery models using a combination of onshore and offshore support.  
Our offshore delivery locations include The Peoples Republic of China, the Philippines, Costa Rica and El Salvador, 
and while we have operated in global delivery markets since 1996, there can be no assurance that we will be able to 
successfully conduct and expand such operations, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our 
business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  The  success  of  our  offshore  operations  will  be  subject  to 
numerous  contingencies,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  including  general  and  regional  economic 
conditions, prices for our services, competition, changes in regulation and other risks. In addition, as with all of our 
operations  outside  of  the  United  States,  we  are  subject  to  various  additional  political,  economic,  and  market 
uncertainties (See “Risks Associated with International Operations and Expansion.”). Additionally, a change in the 
political environment in the United States or the adoption and enforcement of legislation and regulations curbing the 
use of offshore customer contact management solutions and services could effectively have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Existence of Substantial Competition 

    The markets for our services on a commoditized basis are highly competitive and subject to rapid change. While 
many  companies  provide  outsourced  customer  contact  management  services,  we  believe  no  one  company  is 
dominant in the industry. There are numerous and varied providers of our services, including firms specializing in 
call  center  operations,  temporary  staffing  and  personnel  placement,  consulting  and  integration  firms,  and  niche 
providers  of  outsourced  customer  contact  management  services,  many  of  whom  compete  in  only  certain  markets. 
Our competitors include both companies who possess greater resources and name recognition than we do, as well as 
small  niche  providers  that  have  few  assets  and  regionalized  (local)  name  recognition  instead  of  global  name 
recognition. In addition to our competitors, many companies who might utilize our services or the services of one of 
our  competitors  may  utilize  in-house  personnel  to  perform  such  services.  Increased  competition,  our  failure  to 
compete successfully, pricing pressures, loss of market share and loss of clients could have a material adverse effect 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

    Many  of  our  large  clients  purchase  outsourced  customer  contact  management  services  from  multiple  preferred 
vendors. We have experienced and continue to anticipate significant pricing pressure from these clients in order to 
remain  a  preferred  vendor.  These  companies  also  require  vendors  to  be  able  to  provide  services  in  multiple 
locations. Although we believe we can effectively meet our clients’ demands, there can be no assurance that we will 
be  able  to  compete  effectively  with  other  outsourced  customer  contact  management  services  companies  on  price. 
We  believe  that  the  most  significant  competitive  factors  in  the  sale  of  our  core  services  include  the  standard 
requirements of service quality, tailored value added service offerings, industry experience, advanced technological 
capabilities, global coverage, reliability, scalability, security and price. 

Inability to Attract and Retain Experienced Personnel May Adversely Impact Our Business  

    Our  business  is  labor  intensive  and  places  significant  importance  on  our  ability  to  recruit,  train,  and  retain 
qualified technical and consultative professional personnel. We generally experience high turnover of our personnel 
and  are  continuously  required  to  recruit  and  train  replacement  personnel  as  a  result  of  a  changing  and  expanding 
work force. Additionally, demand for qualified technical professionals conversant with the English language and/or 
certain  technologies  may  exceed  supply,  as  new  and  additional  skills  are  required  to  keep  pace  with  evolving 
computer  technology.  Our  ability  to  locate  and  train  employees  is  critical  to  achieving  our  growth  objective.  Our 
inability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  or  an  increase  in  wages  or  other  costs  of  attracting,  training,  or 
retaining qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  

Dependence on Senior Management  

    Our success is largely dependent upon the efforts, direction and guidance of our senior management. Our growth 
and success also depend in part on our ability to attract and retain skilled employees and managers and on the ability 
of  our  executive  officers  and  key  employees  to  manage  our  operations  successfully.  We  have  entered  into 
employment and non-competition agreements with our executive officers. The loss of any of our senior management 
or key personnel, or the inability to attract, retain or replace key management personnel in the future, could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Dependence on Trend Toward Outsourcing  

    Our  business  and  growth  depend  in  large  part  on  the  industry  trend  toward  outsourced  customer  contact 
management services. Outsourcing means that an entity contracts with a third party, such as us, to provide customer 
contact services rather than perform such services in-house. There can be no assurance that this trend will continue, 
as  organizations  may  elect  to  perform  such  services  themselves.  A  significant  change  in  this  trend  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, there can be no 
assurance that our cross-selling efforts will cause clients to purchase additional services from us or adopt a single-
source outsourcing approach.  

Our Strategy of Growing Through Selective Acquisitions and Mergers Involves Potential Risks  

    We  evaluate  opportunities  to  expand  the  scope  of  our  services  through  acquisitions  and  mergers.  We  may  be 
unable to identify companies that complement our strategies, and even if we identify a company that complements 
our strategies, we may be unable to acquire or merge with the company. In addition, a decrease in the price of our 
common stock could hinder our growth strategy by limiting growth through acquisitions funded with SYKES’ stock.  

    Our acquisition strategy involves other potential risks. These risks include:  

  The inability to obtain the capital required to finance potential acquisitions on satisfactory terms; 
  The diversion of our attention to the integration of the businesses to be acquired; 
  The  risk  that  the  acquired  businesses  will  fail  to  maintain  the  quality  of  services  that  we  have  historically 

provided; 

  The need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; 
  The risk that key employees of the acquired business will leave after the acquisition; 
  Potential liabilities of the acquired business; 
  Unforeseen difficulties in the acquired operations; 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Adverse short-term effects on our operating results; 
  Lack of success in assimilating or integrating the operations of acquired businesses within our business; 
  The dilutive effect of the issuance of additional equity securities; 
  The impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions; 
  The businesses we acquire not proving profitable; and 
  Potentially incurring additional indebtedness. 

Uncertainties Relating to Future Litigation  

    We cannot predict whether any material suits, claims, or investigations may arise in the future. Regardless of the 
outcome  of  any  future  actions,  claims,  or  investigations,  we  may  incur  substantial  defense  costs  and  such  actions 
may  cause  a  diversion  of  management  time  and  attention.  Also,  it  is  possible  that  we  may  be  required  to  pay 
substantial damages or settlement  costs which could have  a material adverse  effect on our financial  condition and 
results of operations.  

Rapid Technological Change  

    Rapid  technological  advances,  frequent  new  product  introductions  and  enhancements,  and  changes  in  client 
requirements characterize the market for outsourced customer contact management services. Our future success will 
depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  service  new  products,  platforms  and  rapidly  changing  technology.  These 
factors  will  require  us  to  provide  adequately  trained  personnel  to  address  the  increasingly  sophisticated,  complex 
and evolving needs of our clients. In addition, our ability to capitalize on our acquisitions will depend on our ability 
to  continually  enhance  software  and  services  and  adapt  such  software  to  new  hardware  and  operating  system 
requirements.  Any  failure  by  us  to  anticipate  or  respond  rapidly  to  technological  advances,  new  products  and 
enhancements,  or  changes  in  client  requirements  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.  

Reliance on Technology and Computer Systems  

    We  have  invested  significantly  in  sophisticated  and  specialized  communications  and  computer  technology  and 
have focused on the application of this technology to meet our clients’ needs. We anticipate that it will be necessary 
to  continue  to  invest  in  and  develop  new  and  enhanced  technology  on  a  timely  basis  to  maintain  our 
competitiveness. Significant capital expenditures may be required to keep our technology up-to-date. There can be 
no assurance that any of our information systems will be adequate to meet our future needs or that we will be able to 
incorporate  new  technology  to  enhance  and  develop  our  existing  services.  Moreover,  investments  in  technology, 
including  future  investments  in  upgrades  and  enhancements  to  software,  may  not  necessarily  maintain  our 
competitiveness.  Our  future  success  will  also  depend  in  part  on  our  ability  to  anticipate  and  develop  information 
technology solutions that keep pace with evolving industry standards and changing client demands.  

Risk of Emergency Interruption of Customer Contact Management Center Operations  

    Our  operations  are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our  customer  contact  management  centers  and  our 
information  databases  against  damage  that  may  be  caused  by  fire  and  other  disasters,  power  failure, 
telecommunications  failures,  unauthorized  intrusion,  computer  viruses  and  other  emergencies.  The  temporary  or 
permanent loss of such systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of  operations.  Notwithstanding  precautions  taken  to  protect  us  and  our  clients  from  events  that  could  interrupt 
delivery of services, there can be no assurance that a fire, natural disaster, human error, equipment malfunction or 
inadequacy,  or  other  event  would  not  result  in  a  prolonged  interruption  in  our  ability  to  provide  services  to  our 
clients.  Such  an  event  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  

Control By Principal Shareholder and Anti-Takeover Considerations  

    As  of  February  24,  2006,  John  H.  Sykes,  our  founder  and  former  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer,  beneficially  owned  approximately  28.3%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock.  As  a  result,  Mr. Sykes  will 
have substantial influence in the election of our directors and in determining the outcome of other matters requiring 
shareholder approval.  

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Our Board of Directors  is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms.  The staggered  Board of 
Directors and the anti-takeover effects of certain provisions contained in the Florida Business Corporation Act and 
in  our  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  including  the  ability  of  the  Board  of  Directors  to  issue  shares  of 
preferred  stock  and  to  fix  the  rights  and  preferences  of  those  shares  without  shareholder  approval,  may  have  the 
effect  of  delaying,  deferring  or  preventing  an  unsolicited  change  in  control.  This  may  adversely  affect  the  market 
price of our common stock or the ability of shareholders to participate in a transaction in which they might otherwise 
receive a premium for their shares.  

Volatility of Stock Price May Result in Loss of Investment  

    The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations over short 
and long periods of time. We believe that market prices of outsourced customer contact management services stocks 
in general have experienced volatility, which could affect  the market price of our common stock regardless of our 
financial  results  or  performance.  We  further  believe  that  various  factors  such  as  general  economic  conditions, 
changes  or  volatility  in  the  financial  markets,  changing  market  conditions  in  the  outsourced  customer  contact 
management  services  industry,  quarterly  variations  in  our  financial  results,  the  announcement  of  acquisitions, 
strategic  partnerships,  or  new  product  offerings,  and  changes  in  financial  estimates  and  recommendations  by 
securities analysts could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially in the future.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

There are no material unresolved written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days or more 
before the year ended December 31, 2005 relating to our periodic or current reports under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties  

    Our principal executive offices are located in Tampa, Florida. This facility currently serves as the headquarters for 
senior  management  and  the  financial,  information  technology  and  administrative  departments.  We  believe  our 
existing facilities are adequate to meet current requirements, and that suitable additional or substitute space will be 
available as needed to accommodate any physical expansion. We operate from time to time in temporary facilities to 
accommodate growth before new customer contact management centers are available. During 2005, the Company’s 
customer contact management centers, taken as a whole, were utilized at average capacities of approximately 83% 
and  were  capable  of  supporting  a  higher  level  of  market  demand.  The  following  table  sets  forth  additional 
information concerning our facilities:  

Properties  
AMERICAS LOCATIONS  

Tampa, Florida  
Bismarck, North Dakota  
Wise, Virginia  
Milton-Freewater, Oregon  
Morganfield, Kentucky  
Perry County, Kentucky  
Minot, North Dakota  
Ponca City, Oklahoma  
Sterling, Colorado  
London, Ontario, Canada  

LaAurora, Heredia,  
     Costa Rica (two) 
San Salvador, El Salvador  
Toronto, Ontario, Canada  
North Bay, Ontario, Canada  
Sudbury, Ontario, Canada  
Moncton, New Brunswick, 
Canada  
Barthuste, New Brunswick 
Makati City, The Philippines  

Mandaue City, The Philippines  
Pasig City, The Philippines  
Quezon City, The Philippines  
Shanghai, The Peoples Republic 
     of China 
Bangalore, India 
Ada, Oklahoma  
Palatka, Florida  
Manhattan, Kansas  
Pikeville, Kentucky  
Cary, North Carolina  
Chesterfield, Missouri  
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 

General Usage 

   Square      
   Feet 

Lease Expiration  

Corporate headquarters  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center (1)   
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center/  
Headquarters  

  67,600   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  34,000   
  50,000   

 June 2010  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  

Customer contact management centers 
Customer contact management center   
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center (2)    
Customer contact management center (2)    
Customer contact management center (2)   

 131,900  
  41,000   
  14,600   
  5,600   
  2,000   
  12,700  

 September 2023 
 November 2023  
 December 2006  
 September 2006  
 December 2007  
 February 2009 

Customer contact management center (2)   
Customer contact management center  

Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  
Customer contact management center  

Customer contact management center 
Technology development services 
Leased facility (3)   
Leased facility (3)   
Leased facility (3)   
Leased facility (3)   

  Office  
  Office  
  Office 

  1,900  
 101,300   
 136,900   
  67,700   
 127,400   
  80,100   

 103,000  
  1,500  
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  42,000   
  1,200   
  3,600   
  4,700  

 December 2007 
 January 2009  
 March 2023  
 February 2023  
 December 2023  
 May 2024  

 February 2011 
 January 2007 
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 Company owned  
 March 2007  
 January 2016  
 July 2007 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Properties  
EMEA LOCATIONS  

Amsterdam, The Netherlands  
Budapest, Hungary  
Budapest, Hungary  
Miskolc, Hungary 
Edinburgh, Scotland  

General Usage  

  Square  

Feet  

Lease Expiration  

  Customer contact management center     33,000  
  Customer contact management center      24,000  
  Customer contact management center      15,700  
  Customer contact management center     2,800  
    35,900 
  Customer contact management 
17,800 

center/  
Office /Headquarters 

September 2009 
August 2023  

  May 2006  

December, 2006 
October 2019  
March 2008 

Turku, Finland 
Bochum, Germany  
Pasewalk, Germany  
Wilhelmshaven, Germany  (two)  

  Customer contact management center     12,500  
  Customer contact management center      43,200  
  Customer contact management center      41,900  
    76,000  
  Customer contact management 

February 2007 
July 2006 
  March 2007  
  March 2009  

Johannesburg, South Africa  
Ed, Sweden  
Sveg, Sweden  
Prato, Italy  
Shannon, Ireland  
Lugo, Spain  
La Coruña, Spain  
Kosice, Slovakia 
Galashiels, Scotland  

Upplands Vasby, Sweden  
Turku, Finland 
Frankfurt, Germany  
Madrid, Spain 

centers  

  Customer contact management center      99,000  
  Customer contact management center      44,000  
  Customer contact management center      35,000  
  Customer contact management center      10,000  
  Customer contact management center      66,000  
  Customer contact management center      27,700  
  Customer contact management center      32,300  
  Customer contact management center     11,400  
    126,70
  Fulfillment center  
0 
   23, 500  
    26,000  
    1,700  
800  

  Fulfillment center and Sales office  
  Fulfillment center 
  Sales office  
  Office 

  March 2025  

October 2009  

  May 2006  

October 2022  
April 2013  
June 2006  
December 2024  
December 2024 
Company owned  

October 2007 

  March 2007 

September 2006 
December 2011 

Idle facility.  

(1)    
(2)     Considered part of the Toronto, Ontario, Canada customer contact management center.  
(3)    Facility is no longer used in our business operations and has been leased to an unrelated third party. See Note 

7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our facilities leased to others. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

    From time to time we are involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. With respect to these 
matters, we believe we have  adequate legal defenses  and/or provided adequate  accruals for related costs such that 
the ultimate outcome will not have a material adverse effect on our future financial position or results of operations.  

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  

    No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the year covered by this report.  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II  

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Securities 

    Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol SYKE. The following table sets 
forth, for the periods indicated, certain information as to the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock 
as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market.  

  High  

  Low  

Year ended December 31, 2005:  
Fourth Quarter ...............................................................  
Third Quarter .................................................................  
Second Quarter ..............................................................  
First Quarter  ..................................................................  

  $   15.41    $  11.95    
9.32    
6.57    
6.38    

12.07     
9.60     
8.50     

Year ended December 31, 2004:  
Fourth Quarter ...............................................................  
Third Quarter .................................................................  
Second Quarter ..............................................................  
First Quarter  ..................................................................  

  $   7.20    $   4.51    
4.43    
5.34    
5.22    

7.66     
7.71     
10.07     

    Holders  of  our  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  out  of  the  funds  legally  available  when  and  if 
declared by the Board of Directors. We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock in the 
past and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  

    As  of  February  24,  2006,  there  were  1,253  holders  of  record  of  the  common  stock.  We  estimate  there  were 
approximately 4,215 beneficial owners of our common stock.  

    Below is a summary of stock repurchases for the quarter ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands, except average 
price  per  share.)  See  Note  16,  Earnings  Per  Share,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  information 
regarding our stock repurchase program.  

Period 

Total Number 
of Shares  
Purchased (1) 

October 1, 2005 – October 31, 2005 .........................  
November 1, 2005 – November 30, 2005.................  
December 1, 2005 – December 31, 2005..................  

— 
— 
— 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs (1) 

Maximum 
Number Of 
Shares That May 
Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under Plans or 
Programs 

1,644 
1,644 
1,644 

1,356 
1,356 
1,356 

Average 
Price 
Paid Per 
Share 

— 
— 
— 

(1)  All  shares  purchased  as  part  of  a  repurchase  plan  publicly  announced  on  August  5,  2002.  Total  number  of  shares  approved  for 

repurchase under the plan was 3 million with no expiration date. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
      
   
  
  
  
 
  
     
    
  
 
      
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Selected Financial Data  

    The  following  selected  financial  data  has  been  derived  from  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  The 
information  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations,” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
INCOME STATEMENT DATA (8) :  

2005  

Years Ended December 31,  
2003  
2004  

2002  

2001  

Revenues ................................................................. 
Income (loss) from operations (1,2,3,5,6,7)  ................ 

  $   494,918     $  466,713     $ 480,359     $ 452,737     $  496,722   
(360  )

  12,597    

  (11,295  )     

  11,368    

26,331    

Net income (loss) (1,2,3,4,5,6,7)  ................................... 
Net income (loss) per basic share (1,2,3,4,5,6,7)  ......... 
Net income (loss) per diluted share (1,2,3,4,5,6,7)  ...... 

23,408    
0.60    
0.59    

  10,814      
0.27      
0.27      

9,305       
0.23       
0.23       

(18,631  )    
(0.46  )    
(0.46  )    

409    
0.01    
0.01    

BALANCE SHEET DATA (8) :  

Total assets  ............................................................. 
Shareholders’ equity  .............................................. 

 $  331,185     $  312,526     $  318,175      $  296,841      $  309,780    
191,212    

210,035       200,832        182,345       

226,090      

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

The  amounts  for  2005  include  a  $1.8 million  net  gain  on  the  sale  of  facilities,  a  $0.3  million  reversal  of 
restructuring and other charges and $0.6 million of charges associated with the impairment of long-lived 
assets. 
The amounts for 2004 include a $7.1 million net gain on the sale of facilities, a $5.4 million net gain on 
insurance  settlement,  a  $0.1  million  reversal  of  restructuring  and  other  charges  and  $0.7  million  of 
charges associated with the impairment of long-lived assets. 
The amounts for 2003 include a $2.1 million net gain on the sale of facilities and a $0.6 million reversal of 
restructuring and other charges. 
The  amounts  for  2002  include  $20.8 million  of  restructuring  and  other  charges,  $1.5 million  of  charges 
associated with the impairment of long-lived assets and a $1.6 million net gain on the sale of facilities. 
The amounts for 2002 include $13.8 million of charges associated with the litigation settlement. 
The amounts for 2001 include $14.6 million of restructuring and other charges and $1.5 million of charges 
associated with the impairment of long-lived assets. 

  On January 1, 2002,  the  Company adopted SFAS  No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible  Assets” and 
discontinued amortizing goodwill and other intangible assets  with indefinite  lives.  The amounts  for 2001 
include $0.4 million of goodwill amortization recorded before adoption of SFAS No. 142. 
The Company has not declared cash dividends per common share for any of the five years presented. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

    The  following  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  notes  thereto 
that  appear  elsewhere  in  this  document.  The  following  discussion  and  analysis  compares  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2005  (“2005”)  to  the  year  ended  December 31,  2004  (“2004”),  and  2004  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2003 (“2003”).  

    The  following  discussion  and  analysis  and  other  sections  of  this  document  contain  forward-looking  statements 
that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  Words  such  as  “may,”  “expects,”  “projects,”  “anticipates,”  “intends,” 
“plans,”  “believes,”  “seeks,”  “estimates,”  variations  of  such  words,  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to 
identify such  forward-looking statements. Similarly, statements that describe our future plans, objectives, or goals 
also  are  forward-looking  statements.  Future  events  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  the  results 
reflected in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain of the factors set forth below and elsewhere in 
this analysis and in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 in Item 1.A.-Risk Factors.  

Overview  

    We  provide  outsourced  customer  contact  management  solutions  and  services  with  an  emphasis  on  inbound 
technical  support  and  customer  service,  which  represented  94.6%  of  consolidated  revenues  in  2005,  delivered 
through  multiple  communication  channels  encompassing  phone,  e-mail,  Web  and  chat.  Revenue  from  technical 
support and customer service, provided through our customer contact management centers, is recognized as services 
are rendered. These services are billed on an amount per e-mail,  a fee per call,  a rate per minute or on a time and 
material basis. Revenue from fulfillment services is generally billed on a per unit basis.  

    We also provide a range of enterprise support services for our client’s internal support operations, from technical 
staffing  services  to  outsourced  corporate  help  desk  services.  Revenues  usually  are  billed  on  a  time  and  material 
basis, generally by the minute or hour, and revenues generally are recognized as the services are provided. Revenues 
from  fixed  price  contracts,  generally  with  terms  of  less  than  one  year,  are  recognized  using  the  percentage-of-
completion method. A significant majority of our revenue  is derived from non-fixed price contracts. We have not 
experienced  material  losses  due  to  fixed  price  contracts  and  do  not  anticipate  a  significant  increase  in  revenue 
derived from such contracts in the future.  

    Direct  salaries  and  related  costs  include  direct  personnel  compensation,  severance,  statutory  and  other  benefits 
associated with such personnel and other direct costs associated with providing services to customers. General and 
administrative expenses include administrative, sales and marketing, occupancy, depreciation and amortization, and 
other costs.  

    Recognition  of  income  associated  with  grants  from  local  or  state  governments  of  land  and  the  acquisition  of 
property, buildings and equipment is deferred and recognized as a reduction of depreciation expense included within 
general  and  administrative  costs  over  the  corresponding  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets.  Amounts  received  in 
excess  of  the  cost  of  the  building  are  allocated  to  equipment  and,  only  after  the  grants  are  released  from  escrow, 
recognized  as  a reduction of depreciation expense over  the  weighted  average useful life of the related equipment, 
which approximates five years. Deferred property and equipment grants, net of amortization, totaled $18.1 million 
and $20.6 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

    The net (gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment includes the net gain on the sale of various facilities in 
2005 and 2004 offset by the net loss on the disposal of property and equipment.  

    The  net  gain  on  insurance  settlement  includes  the  insurance  proceeds  received  for  damage  to  our  Marianna, 
Florida customer contact management center in September 2004. 

    Restructuring and other charges (reversals) consist of reversals of certain accruals related to the 2002, 2001 and 
2000 restructuring plans.  

    Impairment of long-lived assets charges of $0.6 million in 2005 relate to (1) an asset impairment charge of $0.1 
million in India related to the plan of migration of call volumes of the customer contact management services and 
related  operations  in  India  to  other  more  strategically-aligned  facilities  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region  and  (2)  a  $0.5 
million asset impairment charge related to the impairment and subsequent sale of property and equipment located in 
the  United  States.  Impairment  of  long-lived  assets  charges  of  $0.7 million  in  2004  relate  to  certain  property  and 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
equipment in Bangalore, India as a result of the previously mentioned plan of migration.  

    Interest income primarily relates to interest earned on cash and cash equivalents.  

    Interest expense primarily includes  the commitment fee charged on the unused portion of the Company’s credit 
facility and interest costs related to potential income tax liabilities.  

    Income from rental operations, net is generated from the leasing of several U.S. facilities.  

    Foreign currency transaction gains  and losses generally result from  exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany 
transactions and the revaluation of cash and other current assets that are settled in a currency other than functional 
currency.  

    The Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented reflects the effects of state income taxes, net of federal 
tax  benefit,  tax  holidays,  valuation  allowance  changes,  foreign  rate  differentials,  income  tax  credits,  foreign 
withholding and other taxes, and permanent differences.  

22 

 
 
 
     
 
 
Results of Operations  

    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of revenues represented by certain items 
reflected in our Statements of Operations:  

PERCENTAGES OF REVENUES:  
Revenues  ................................................................................. 
Direct salaries and related costs ............................................. 
General and administrative  .................................................... 
Net gain on disposal of property and equipment  .................. 
Net gain on insurance settlement............................................ 
Reversals of restructuring and other charges  ........................ 
Impairment of long-lived assets ............................................. 
Income from operations  ......................................................... 
Interest income......................................................................... 
Interest expense ....................................................................... 
Income from rental operations, net......................................... 
Other income (expense) .......................................................... 
Income before provision for income taxes.............................  
Provision for income taxes ..................................................... 
Net income ............................................................................... 

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

2005  

 100.0 %   
62.6  
32.4  
  (0.3 ) 
  —   
  (0.1  ) 
0.1  
5.3  
0.5  
(0.1 ) 
0.2  
—  
5.9  
1.2  
  4.7 %   

 100.0 %    
64.4  
35.4  
  (1.5 ) 
(1.2 ) 
—  
0.2  
  2.7  
  0.5  
  (0.1 ) 
  —  
  0.3  
  3.4  
  1.1  
  2.3 %    

  100.0  %    
64.4   
33.7   
(0.3  )  
—  
(0.1  ) 
—   
2.3   
0.5  
(0.2 ) 
—  
0.3    
2.9    
1.0    
1.9  %    

 The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain data derived from our Consolidated Statements of 
Operations (in thousands):  

Revenues .................................................................   
Direct salaries and related costs  ............................    
General and administrative ....................................    
Net gain on disposal of property and 
    equipment  ...........................................................   
Net gain on insurance settlement ...........................   
Reversals of restructuring and other charges ........   
Impairment of long-lived assets ............................    
Income from operations .........................................    
Interest income ........................................................    
Interest expense.......................................................    
Income from rental operations, net ........................    
Other income (expense)..........................................    
Income before provision for income taxes ............    
Provision for income taxes  ....................................    
Net income ..............................................................   

2005  
$     494,918  
  309,604  
  160,470  

(1,778 ) 
—   
(314 ) 
605  
26,331  
2,559  
(667 ) 
940  
(60 ) 
29,103  
5,695  
$     23,408  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

$   466,713  
  300,600  
  165,232  

    (6,915 ) 
(5,378 ) 
(113 ) 
690  
    12,597  
    2,445  
(773 ) 
151  
    1,441  
    15,861  
    5,047  
$    10,814  

$   480,359   
  309,489   
  161,743   

(1,595  )  

—  
(646  ) 
—   
    11,368   
2,102  
(836 ) 
—  
1,322   
  13,956    
    4,651    
$    9,305    

    The following table summarizes our revenues, for the periods indicated, by geographic region (in thousands):  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2005  

2003  

Revenues:  

    Americas  .....................................  
    EMEA  .......................................... 
       Consolidated  ............................. 

$   318,173  
176,745  
$   494,918  

$ 

283,253  
183,460  
$   466,713  

$  

321,195   
159,164  
$   480,359  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2005 Compared to 2004  

Revenues  

    During 2005, we recognized consolidated revenues of $494.9 million, an increase of $28.2 million or 6.0% from 
$466.7 million of consolidated revenues for 2004.  

    On  a  geographic  segmentation,  revenues  from  the  Americas  region,  including  the  United  States,  Canada,  Latin 
America,  India  and  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim,  represented  64.3%,  or  $318.2  million  for  2005  compared  to  60.7%,  or 
$283.3 million,  for  2004.  Revenues  from  the  EMEA  region,  including  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  Africa, 
represented 35.7%, or $176.7 million for 2005 compared to 39.3% or $183.4 million for 2004.  

    The increase in Americas’ revenue of $34.9 million, or 12.3%, for 2005, compared to 2004, reflects a broad-based 
growth  in  client  call  volumes  within  our  offshore  operations  and  Canada,  including  new  and  existing  client 
programs,  a $3.5 million revenue contribution from  the KLA acquisition on  March 1, 2005 in Canada and a $1.5 
million  increase  relating  to  a  client  contract  pricing  re-negotiation.  The  increase  in  the  America’s  revenues  was 
negatively impacted by the client-driven migration of call volumes from the United States to comparable or higher 
margin  offshore  operations,  including  Latin  America  and  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim,  and  the  resulting  mix-shift  in 
revenues  from  the  United  States  to  offshore  (each  offshore  seat  generates  roughly  half  the  revenue  dollar 
equivalence of a U.S. seat). Revenues from our offshore operations represented 31.7% of consolidated revenues in 
2005  compared  to  27.6%  in  2004.  The  trend  of  generating  more  of  our  revenues  from  new  and  existing  client 
programs in offshore operations could continue in 2006. While operating margins generated offshore are generally 
comparable or higher than those in the United States, our ability to maintain these offshore operating margins longer 
term is difficult to predict due to potential increased competition for the available workforce and costs of functional 
currency fluctuations in offshore markets.  

    The  decrease  in  EMEA’s  revenue  of  $6.7 million,  or  3.7%,  for  2005  reflects  a  decrease  in  call  volumes  and 
certain  program  expirations,  partially  offset  by  the  benefit  of  a  strengthened  Euro  of  approximately  $0.1 million 
compared  to  2004.  Excluding  this  foreign  currency  benefit,  EMEA’s  revenues  would  have  decreased  $6.8 million 
compared with last year. The persistent economic sluggishness in our key European markets continues to present a 
challenging environment characterized by competitive pricing and offshore alternatives.  

Direct Salaries and Related Costs  

    Direct salaries and related costs increased $9.0 million or 3.0% to $309.6 million for 2005, from $300.6 million in 
2004.  As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  direct  salaries  and  related  costs  was  62.6%  and  64.4%  in  2005  and  2004, 
respectively. This decrease, as a percentage of revenues, was primarily attributable to lower salary costs due to an 
overall reduction in U.S. customer call volumes from the client-driven migration of call volumes offshore and lower 
labor costs in offshore operations, as well as lower telephone costs. This decrease was partially offset by higher auto 
tow claims  costs due  to a higher membership base  in our roadside  assistance programs in  Canada. With the slight 
strengthening of the Euro in 2005 compared to 2004, there was no significant impact on direct salaries and related 
costs. 

General and Administrative  

    General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  $4.7  million  or  2.9%  to  $160.5  million  for  2005,  from  $165.2 
million in 2004. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 32.4% in 2005 from 
35.4%  in  2004.  This  decrease  was  primarily  attributable  to  lower  depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  lower 
compensation  costs  due  to  salary  costs  in  the  prior  year  related  to  the  former  chairman’s  retirement,  lower  lease 
costs  and  equipment  maintenance  partially  offset  by  higher  legal  and  professional  fees  primarily  related  to 
settlement of a contract dispute, higher compliance costs related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and higher facility costs 
as compared to the same period of 2004. With the slight strengthening of the Euro in 2005 compared to 2004, there 
was no significant impact on general and administrative expenses. 

Net Gain on Disposal of Property and Equipment  

    The net gain on disposal of property and equipment of $1.8 million for 2005 includes a $1.7 million net gain on 
the sale of our Greeley, Colorado facility and a $0.1 million net gain on the sale of a parcel of land in Klamath Falls, 
Oregon. This compares to a $6.9 million net gain on disposal of property and equipment in 2004, which includes a 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$2.8 million net gain on  the sale of our Hays, Kansas facility,  a $2.7  million net gain on  the sale of our Klamath 
Falls, Oregon facility, a $0.1 million net gain on the sale of a parcel of land at our Pikeville, Kentucky facility and a 
$1.5 million net gain on the sale of our Eveleth, Minnesota facility, partially offset by a $0.2 million loss on disposal 
of property and equipment.  

Net Gain on Insurance Settlement 

     In September 2004, the building and contents of our customer contact management center located in Marianna, 
Florida  was  severely  damaged  by  Hurricane  Ivan.  Upon  settlement  with  the  insurer  in  December  2004,  we 
recognized a net gain of $5.4 million after write-off of the property and equipment, which had a net book value of 
$3.4 million, net of the related deferred grants of $2.2 million. In December 2004, we donated the underlying land to 
the city with $0.1 million to assist with the site demolition and clean up of the property with no further obligation of 
the Company.  

Reversal of Restructuring and Other Charges  

    Restructuring and other charges included a reversal of certain charges totaling $0.3 million and $0.1 in 2005 and 
2004, respectively, related to the remaining lease termination and closure costs for two European customer contact 
management centers and one European fulfillment center. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

    Impairment of long-lived assets charges of $0.6 million in 2005 relate to (1) an asset impairment charge of $0.1 
million in India related to the plan of migration of call volumes of the customer contact management services and 
related  operations  in  India  to  other  more  strategically-aligned  facilities  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region  and  (2)  a  $0.5 
million asset impairment charge related to the impairment and subsequent sale of property and equipment located in 
the  United  States.  Impairment  of  long-lived  assets  charges  of  $0.7 million  in  2004  relate  to  certain  property  and 
equipment in Bangalore, India as a result of the previously mentioned plan of migration.  

Interest Income 

    Interest  income  increased to $2.5 million  in 2005 from $2.4 million  in 2004 reflecting higher  levels of  average 
interest-bearing balances in cash  and cash  equivalents. The 2004 interest  income  included $0.8 million of interest 
received on a foreign income tax refund. 

Interest Expense 

    Interest expense decreased slightly by $0.1 million to $0.7 million in 2005 as compared to 2004.  

Income from Rental Operations, Net 

     Income from rental operations, net increased to $0.9 million in 2005 from $0.2 million in 2004 as a result of the 
Company’s leasing of four customer contact management facilities during 2005 compared to leasing of one facility 
during 2004. 

Other Income and Expense  

    Other income, net decreased to zero in 2005 from $1.4 million in 2004. This decrease was primarily attributable 
to  a  $1.3 million  decrease  in  foreign  currency  translation  gains,  net  of  losses  including  $0.4  million  related  to  the 
liquidation of a foreign entity and a $0.1 million decrease in other miscellaneous income. Other income excludes the 
effects  of  cumulative  translation  effects  included  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  in 
shareholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes  

    The provision for income taxes of $5.7 million for 2005 was based upon pre-tax book income of $29.1 million, 
compared to the provision for income taxes of $5.1 million for the comparable 2004 period based upon pre-tax book 
income  of  $15.9  million.    The  effective  tax  rate  was  19.6%  for  2005  and  31.8%  for  the  comparable  2004  period.  
This  decrease  in  the  effective  tax  rate  resulted  from  a  shift  in  our  mix  of  earnings  and  the  effects  of  permanent 

25 

 
 
 
 
  
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
differences,  valuation  allowances,  foreign  withholding  taxes,  state  income  taxes,  and  foreign  income  tax  rate 
differentials (including tax holiday jurisdictions).  The effective tax rate of 19.6% for 2005 included the reversal of a 
$0.6 million beginning of the year valuation allowance. This reversal resulted from a favorable change in forecasted 
2005 and 2006 book income for one EMEA legal entity, which provided sufficient evidence for current and future 
sources of taxable income.  

Net Income  

    As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  we  reported  income  from  operations  for  2005  of  $26.3 million,  an  increase  of 
$13.7 million from 2004. This increase was principally attributable to a $28.2 million increase  in revenues, a $4.7 
million  decrease  in  general  and  administrative  costs  and  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  reversals  of  restructuring  and 
other charges partially offset by a $9.0 million increase in direct salaries and related costs, a $5.1 million decrease in 
net gain on disposal of property and equipment, a $5.4  million decrease in net gain on insurance settlement and a 
$0.1  million  increase  in  asset  impairment  charges.  The  $13.7 million  increase  in  income  from  operations  was 
partially offset by a net decrease in interest income, interest expense, income from rental operations, net and other 
income of $0.5 million and a $0.6 million higher tax provision, resulting in net income of $23.4 million for 2005, an 
increase of $12.6 million compared to 2004.  

2004 Compared to 2003  

Revenues  

    During 2004, we recognized consolidated revenues of $466.7 million, a decrease of $13.7 million or 2.9% from 
$480.4 million of consolidated revenues for 2003.  

    On  a  geographic  segmentation,  revenues  from  the  Americas  region,  including  the  United  States,  Canada,  Latin 
America,  India  and  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim,  represented  60.7%,  or  $  283.3  million  for  2004  compared  to  66.9%,  or 
$321.2 million,  for  2003.  Revenues  from  the  EMEA  region,  including  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  Africa, 
represented 39.3 %, or $ 183.4 million for 2004 compared to 33.1% or $159.2 million for 2003.  

    The decrease in Americas’ revenue of $ 37.9 million, or 11.8%, for 2004, compared to 2003, reflected the client-
driven  migration  of  call  volumes  from  the  United  States  to  comparable  or  higher  margin  offshore  operations, 
including  Latin  America  and  the  Asia  Pacific  Rim,  the  resulting  mix-shift  in  revenues  from  the  United  States  to 
offshore (each offshore seat generates roughly half the revenue dollar equivalence of a U.S. seat) and the ramp down 
of  a  technology  client  late  in  the  first  quarter  of  2003.  In  addition  to  the  revenue  mix-shift,  the  revenue  decline 
reflected  an  overall  reduction  in  U.S.  customer  call  volumes  primarily  attributable  to  the  decision  by  certain 
communications  and  technology  clients  to  exit  dial-up  Internet  service  customer  support  programs  in  early  2004. 
This decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenues from our offshore operations, which represented 27.6% 
of  consolidated  revenues  for  2004  compared  to  16.9%  for  2003.  We  expect  this  trend  of  generating  more  of  our 
revenues  from  offshore  operations  to  continue  in  2005.  We  anticipate  that  as  our  offshore  operations  grow  and 
become a larger percentage of revenues, the total revenue and revenue growth rate may decline since each offshore 
seat generates less average revenue per seat than in the United States. While the average offshore revenue per seat is 
less,  the operating margins generated offshore are generally comparable or higher  than those in  the  United States. 
However, our ability to maintain these offshore operating margins longer term is difficult to predict due to potential 
increased competition for the available workforce in offshore markets.  

    The increase in EMEA’s revenue of $24.2 million, or 15.3%, for 2004 was primarily related to the strengthening 
Euro, which positively impacted revenues for 2004 by approximately $16.5 million compared to the Euro in 2003. 
Excluding  this  foreign  currency  benefit,  EMEA’s  revenues  would  have  increased  $7.7 million  compared  with  last 
year reflecting  an  improvement in  certain  customer  call volumes  and higher incentive payments related to quality 
operating  performance.  However,  the  persistent  economic  sluggishness  in  our  key  European  markets  continues  to 
present challenges for us. The increase in revenue in 2004, compared to the same period in 2003, also included the 
recognition of deferred revenues of $0.8 million related to a former client.  

Direct Salaries and Related Costs  

    Direct salaries and related costs decreased $8.9 million or 2.9% to $300.6 million for 2004, from $309.5 million 
in 2003. Excluding the negative foreign currency impact of $11.0 million related to the strengthening Euro in 2004 
compared to the Euro in 2003, direct salaries and related costs decreased $19.9 million compared with last year. This 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decrease  was  due  to  lower  direct  and  indirect  salaries  and  related  benefits  primarily  attributable  to  an  overall 
reduction  in  U.S.  customer  call  volumes.  This  decrease  was  offset  by  1)  higher  telephone  costs  related  to 
transporting  calls  offshore,  2)  higher  staffing  and  training  costs  associated  with  the  ramp-up  offshore  and  certain 
duplicative  costs  as  we  simultaneously  ramped-down  U.S.  customer  contact  management  centers,  3)  termination 
costs related to the consolidation of two European customer contact management centers and 4) higher claim costs 
associated with our automotive program in  Canada related  to higher fuel costs  and the severe Canada winter. The 
migration offshore was substantially complete at the end of the third quarter of 2004.  As a percentage of revenues, 
direct salaries and related costs was 64.4% in both 2004 and 2003. 

General and Administrative  

    General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $3.5  million  or  2.2%  to  $165.2  million  for  2004,  from  $161.7 
million in 2003. Excluding the negative foreign currency impact of $4.6 million related to the strengthening Euro in 
2004 compared to the Euro in 2003, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.1 million compared with last 
year. This decrease was principally attributable to a decrease in depreciation expense of $1.0 million related to the 
2003 expiration of two  technology client  contracts,  lower  insurance  costs,  technology related  costs and bad debts. 
This decrease was partially offset by 1) higher compliance costs of $3.3 million related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 
2)  compensation  costs  of  $1.7  million  related  to  the  former  chairman’s  retirement  and  3)  lease  and  utilities  costs 
associated with expansion of offshore facilities. As  a percentage of revenues, general and administrative  expenses 
increased to 35.4% in 2004 from 33.7% in 2003. 

Net Gain on Disposal of Property and Equipment  

    The net gain on disposal of property and equipment of $6.9 million for 2004 includes a $2.8 million net gain on 
the  sale  of  our  Hays,  Kansas  facility,  a  $2.7 million  net  gain  on  the  sale  of  our  Klamath  Falls,  Oregon  facility,  a 
$0.1 million net gain on the sale of a parcel of land at our Pikeville, Kentucky facility and a $1.5 million net gain on 
the sale of our Eveleth, Minnesota facility, offset by a $0.2 million loss on disposal of property and equipment. This 
compares to a $1.6 million net gain on disposal of property and equipment, which includes a $1.9 million net gain 
on  the  sale  of  our  Scottsbluff,  Nebraska  facility  (closed  in  connection  with  the  2002  restructuring  plan)  and  a 
$0.2 million  portion  of  the  net  gain  related  to  the  installment  sale  of  our  Eveleth,  Minnesota  facility  offset  by  a 
$0.5 million loss on disposal of property and equipment.  

Net Gain on Insurance Settlement 

     In September 2004, the building and contents of our customer contact management center located in Marianna, 
Florida  was  severely  damaged  by  Hurricane  Ivan.  Upon  settlement  with  the  insurer  in  December  2004,  we 
recognized a net gain of $5.4 million after write-off of the property and equipment, which had a net book value of 
$3.4 million, net of the related deferred grants of $2.2 million. In December 2004, we donated the underlying land to 
the city with $0.1 million to assist with the site demolition and clean up of the property with no further obligation of 
the Company. 

Reversal of Restructuring and Other Charges  

    In  2004,  restructuring  and  other  charges  included  a  $0.1 million  reversal  of  certain  charges  related  to  the 
remaining  lease  termination  and  closure  costs  for  two  European  customer  contact  management  centers  and  one 
European fulfillment center. 

    In  2003,  restructuring  and  other  charges  included  a  $0.6 million  reversal  of  certain  charges  related  to  the  final 
termination  settlements  for  the  closure  of  two  of  our  European  customer  contact  management  centers  and  one 
European  fulfillment  center,  the  remaining  site  closure  costs  for  our  Galashiels,  Scotland  print  facility  and  our 
Scottsbluff,  Nebraska  facility,  which  were  both  sold  in  2003,  offset  by  additional  accruals  related  to  the  final 
settlement of certain lease termination and site closure costs.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

    During 2004, we recorded a charge for impairment of long-lived assets of $0.7 million related to certain property 
and  equipment  in  Bangalore,  India  as  a  result  of  our  plans  to  migrate  the  call  volumes  of  the  customer  contact 
management services and related operations in India to other facilities in the Asia Pacific region in 2005.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Income 

    Interest  income  increased  to  $2.4  million  in  2004  from  $2.1  million  in  2003  including  $0.8  million  of  interest 
received on a foreign income tax refund in 2004. 

Interest Expense 

    Interest expense of $0.8 million in 2004 was primarily unchanged as compared to 2003. 

Income from Rental Operations, Net 

     Income  from  rental  operations,  net  increased  to  $0.2  million  in  2004  from  zero  in  2003  as  a  result  of  the 
Company’s leasing of a customer contact management facility in 2004. 

Other Income and Expense  

    Other  income  increased  to  $1.4 million  in  2004  from  $1.3  million  in  2003.  This  increase  was  primarily 
attributable  to  a  $0.4  million  increase  in  other  miscellaneous  income  offset  by  a  $0.3 million  decrease  in  foreign 
currency  translation gains, net of  losses including $0.7 million related  to the  liquidation of a foreign  entity. Other 
income  excludes  the  effects  of  cumulative  translation  effects  included  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) in shareholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes  

    The  2004  provision  for  income  taxes  of  $5.1 million  was  based  upon  pre-tax  book  income  of  $15.9 million, 
compared  to  the  2003  provision  for  income  taxes  of  $4.7 million  based  upon  a  pre-tax  book  income  of 
$14.0 million. The $0.4 million change was primarily attributable to the $1.9 million change in pre-tax book income. 
The effective tax rate was 31.8% for 2004 and 33.3% for 2003. This decrease in the effective tax rate resulted from a 
shift  in  our  mix  of  earnings  within  tax  jurisdictions  and  the  related  effects  of  permanent  differences,  foreign 
withholding  taxes,  income  tax  credits,  state  income  taxes  and  foreign  income  tax  rate  differentials  (including  tax 
holiday  jurisdictions)  offset  by  a  requisite  valuation  allowance  for  the  year-to-date  United  States  tax  loss  benefit 
provided during the second, third  and fourth quarters of 2004 (partially reduced by the reversal of certain specific 
tax contingency reserves).  

Net Income   

    As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  we  reported  income  from  operations  for  2004  of  $12.6 million,  an  increase  of 
$1.2 million from 2003. This increase was principally attributable to an $8.9 million decrease in direct salaries and 
related costs, a $5.3 million increase in net gain on disposal of property and equipment and a $5.4 million net gain 
on  insurance  settlement  offset  by  a  $13.7 million  decrease  in  revenues,  a  $3.5 million  increase  in  general  and 
administrative  costs,  a  $0.7 million  increase  in  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  and  a  $0.5 million  decrease  in 
reversals  of  restructuring  and  other  charges,  as  previously  discussed.  The  $1.2 million  increase  in  income  from 
operations  and  a  net  increase  in  interest  income,  interest  expense,  income  from  rental  operations,  net  and  other 
income of $0.7 million were offset by a $0.4 million higher tax provision, resulting in net income of $10.8 million 
for 2004, an increase of $1.5 million compared to 2003.  

28 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Results  

    The  following  information  presents  our  unaudited  quarterly  operating  results  for  2005  and  2004.  The  data  has 
been prepared on a basis consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-
K,  and  include  all  adjustments,  consisting  of  normal  recurring  accruals  that  we  consider  necessary  for  a  fair 
presentation thereof.  

(In thousands, except per share data) 

   12/31/05      9/30/05      6/30/05      3/31/05      12/31/04      9/30/04   
  6/30/04      3/31/04   
 $  128,756   $  122,596   $  122,194   $  121,372   $  120,713   $  111,507   $  113,450   $  121,043   
  73,867      83,389   
  41,315      41,276   

72,766      70,578   
41,303      41,338   

76,026     
41,369     

77,429     
39,890     

—     

—     

(35 )   

Revenues ................................................................................... 
Direct salaries and related costs(1) ........................................... 
80,902      75,247     
General and administrative(2)................................................... 
38,824      40,387     
Net (gain) loss on disposal of  
    property and equipment(3) .................................................... 
(47 )   
Net gain on insurance 
    settlement(4)........................................................................... 
—     
Restructuring and other charges  
    (reversals) (5).......................................................................... 
—     
Impairment of long-lived 
    assets(6) .................................................................................. 
605     
6,404     
Income (loss) from operations................................................. 
719     
Interest income ......................................................................... 
Interest expense ........................................................................ 
(113 )   
Income from rental  
     operations, net ..................................................................... 
Other income (expense) ........................................................... 
Income before provision for 
    income taxes ......................................................................... 
7,682     
Provision for income taxes ...................................................... 
812     
Net income  ............................................................................... 
6,870   $ 
Net income per basic share(7)................................................... 
0.17   $ 
Total weighted average basic 
39,282      39,291     
     shares.................................................................................... 
Net income per diluted share(7)................................................ 
0.17   $ 
Total weighted average diluted 
     shares.................................................................................... 

9,676     
1,080     
8,596   $ 
0.22   $ 

—     
9,065     
894     
(95 )   

39,723      39,566     

593     
(781 )   

337     
335     

0.22   $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 

(1,627 )   

(69 )   

94     

(2,874 ) 

(1,394 )   

(2,741 ) 

—     

—     

(5,378 )   

(56 )   

(258 )   

(113 )   

—   

—   

—     

—     

—     
6,482     
496     
(385 )   

—     
4,380     
450     
(74 )   

690     
11,351     
476     
(180 )   

—   
2,465   
359   
(242 ) 

—     
(338 )   
1,097     
(233 )   

114     
704     

(104 )   
(318 )   

103     
(242 )   

48   
(160 ) 

—     
1,029     

7,411     
2,434     
4,977   $ 
0.13   $ 

4,334     
1,369     
2,965   $ 
0.08   $ 

11,508     
3,084     
8,424   $ 
0.21   $ 

2,470   
1,398   
1,072   $ 
0.03   $ 

1,555     
481     
1,074   $ 
0.03   $ 

—   

—   

—   
(881 ) 
513   
(118 ) 

—   
814   

328   
84   
244   
0.01   

39,289     
0.13   $ 

39,195     
0.08   $ 

39,197      39,189   

0.21   $ 

0.03   $ 

  39,882      40,216   
0.01   

0.03   $ 

39,445     

39,339     

39,304      39,259   

  39,998      40,388   

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 
(5) 

(6) 

The quarter ended December 31, 2005 includes a $0.5 million charge for termination costs associated with 
exit activities in Germany and a $0.6 million year-end bonus accrual. 
The quarter ended December 31, 2005 includes a $0.5 million reversal of bad debt expense and a $0.4 
million reversal of certain bonus accruals. The quarter ended September 30, 2004 includes a $2.3 million 
estimated compensation accrual related to the Chairman’s retirement and the quarter ended December 31, 
2004 includes a $0.6 million reversal of part of this accrual related to life insurance premiums to be paid 
directly to the insurer over the policy period rather than to the insured in a lump sum.  
The quarters ended June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2005 include a net gain of $1.7 million related to the 
sale of the Greeley, Colorado facility, and $0.1 million related to the sale of a parcel of land in Klamath 
Falls, Oregon, respectively. The quarters ended September 30, 2004, June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004 
include a net gain of $2.8 million related to the sale of the Hays, Kansas facility, $1.6 million related to the 
sales of the Eveleth, Minnesota facility and the parcel of land at our Pikeville, Kentucky facility and $2.7 
million related to the sale of the Klamath Falls, Oregon facility, respectively. 
The quarter ended December 31, 2004 includes a net gain on insurance settlement of $5.4 million.  
The quarters ended June 30, 2005, March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 include a reversal of 
restructuring and other charges of $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. 
The quarters ended September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 include a $0.6 million and $0.7 million 
charge associated with the impairment of long-lived assets, respectively. 

(7) 

  Net income (loss) per basic and diluted share are computed independently for each of the quarters 

presented and therefore may not sum to the total for the year. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
     
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources  

    Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  generally  cash  flows  generated  by  operating  activities  and  from  available 
borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit  facilities.  We  utilize  these  capital  resources  to  make  capital  expenditures 
associated primarily with our customer contact management services, invest in technology applications and tools to 
further  develop  our  service  offerings  and  for  working  capital  and  other  general  corporate  purposes,  including 
repurchase of our common stock in the open market and to fund possible acquisitions. In future periods, we intend 
similar uses of these funds. 

    On August 5, 2002, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to three million shares of our 
outstanding common stock. A total of 1.6 million shares have been repurchased under this program since inception. 
The shares are purchased, from time to time,  through open market purchases or in negotiated private transactions, 
and the purchases are based on factors, including but not limited to, the stock price and general market conditions.  
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  we  did  not  repurchase  common  shares  under  the  2002  repurchase 
program. 

    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  we  generated  $48.2 million  in  cash  from  operating  activities  and 
received $0.8 million in cash from issuance of stock and $2.7 million in cash from the sale of facilities, property and 
equipment.  Further,  we  used  $9.9 million  in  funds  for  capital  expenditures,  $3.2  million  to  purchase  the  stock  of 
Kelly, Luttmer & Associates Limited, $0.4 million to purchase investments and $0.1 million to repay long-term debt 
resulting  in  a  $33.7 million  increase  in  available  cash  (including  the  unfavorable  effects  of  international  currency 
exchange rates on cash of $4.4 million). 

    Net  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  were  $48.2  million, 
compared to net cash flows provided by operating activities of $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. 
The $34.5 million increase in net cash flows from operating activities was due to an increase in net income of $12.6 
million, a $19.2 million net change in assets and liabilities and a $2.7 million increase in non-cash reconciling items 
such as deferred income taxes and a net gain on disposal of property and equipment. This $19.2 million net change 
in assets and liabilities was principally a result of a $7.9 million decrease in receivables, a $5.1 million increase in 
deferred  revenue,  a  $3.9  million  increase  in  accounts  payable,  a  $3.9  million  increase  in  accrued  employee 
compensation, and a $4.6 million increase in other liabilities offset by a $4.3 million increase in other assets and a 
$1.9 million decrease in taxes payable. 

    Capital  expenditures,  which  are  generally  funded  by  cash  generated  from  operating  activities  and  borrowings 
available  under  our  credit  facilities,  were  $9.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  compared  to  $25.7 
million for the year  ended December 31, 2004, a decrease  of $15.8 million, which was driven primarily by lower 
investments  in  offshore  facilities.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  approximately  32%  of  the  capital 
expenditures  were  the  result  of  investing  in  new  and  existing  customer  contact  management  centers,  primarily 
offshore,  and  68%  was  expended  primarily  for  maintenance  and  systems  infrastructure.  In  2006,  we  anticipate 
capital expenditures in the range of $12.0 million to $16.0 million.  

    An  available  source  of  future  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  is  from  borrowings  under  our  $50.0  million 
revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), which amount is subject to certain borrowing limitations. Pursuant to 
the terms of the Credit Facility, the amount of $50.0 million may be increased up to a maximum of $100.0 million 
with the prior written consent of the lenders.  The $50.0 million Credit Facility includes a $10.0 million swingline 
subfacility, a $15.0 million letter of credit subfacility and a $40.0 million multi-currency subfacility.  

    The  Credit  Facility,  which  includes  certain  financial  covenants,  may  be  used  for  general  corporate  purposes 
including acquisitions, share repurchases, working capital support, and letters of credit, subject to certain limitations. 
The  Credit  Facility,  including  the  multi-currency  subfacility,  accrues  interest,  at  our  option,  at  (a)  the  Base  Rate 
(defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) plus an applicable margin up 
to 0.50%, or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin up to 2.25%. Borrowings 
under  the  swingline  subfacility  accrue  interest  at  the  prime  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  up  to  0.50%  and 
borrowings under the letter of credit subfacility accrue interest at the LIBOR plus an applicable margin up to 2.25%.  
In addition, a commitment fee of up to 0.50% is charged on the unused portion of the Credit Facility on a quarterly 
basis.  The borrowings under the Credit Facility, which will terminate on March 14, 2008, are secured by a pledge of 
65%  of  the  stock  of  each  of  our  active  direct  foreign  subsidiaries.  The  Credit  Facility  prohibits  us  from  incurring 
additional indebtedness, subject to certain specific exclusions.  There were no borrowings in 2005 and 2004 and no 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
outstanding balances as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 with $50.0 million availability under the Credit Facility. At 
December 31, 2005, we were in compliance with all loan requirements of the Credit Facility.  

     At  December 31,  2005,  we  had  $127.6 million  in  cash,  of  which  approximately  $86.3 million  was  held  in 
international operations and may be subject to additional  taxes if repatriated to the United States.  On October 22, 
2004  the  President  signed  the  American  Jobs  Creation  Act  of  2004  (the  “Act”).    The  Act  created  a  temporary 
incentive  for  U.S.  corporations  to  repatriate  accumulated  income  earned  abroad  by  providing  an  85  percent 
dividends  received  deduction  for  certain  dividends  from  controlled  foreign  corporations.    The  incentive  was  only 
available in 2005 and was subject to a number of limitations. Based on a cost-benefit analysis, the Company decided 
not to repatriate any foreign income under the Act.  

    We  believe  that  our  current  cash  levels,  accessible  funds  under  our  credit  facilities  and  cash  flows  from  future 
operations will be adequate to meet anticipated working capital needs, future debt repayment requirements (if any), 
continued  expansion  objectives,  anticipated  levels  of  capital  expenditures  and  contractual  obligations  for  the 
foreseeable future and stock repurchases. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other  

    At December 31, 2005, we did not have any material commercial commitments, including guarantees or standby 
repurchase obligations, or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities 
often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities or variable interest entities, which would have been 
established  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  or  other  contractually  narrow  or  limited 
purposes.  

    From  time  to  time,  during  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  may  make  certain  indemnities,  commitments  and 
guarantees under which we may be required to make payments in relation to certain transactions. These include, but 
are not limited to: (i) indemnities to clients, vendors and service providers pertaining to claims based on negligence 
or  willful  misconduct  and  (ii)  indemnities  involving  breach  of  contract,  the  accuracy  of  representations  and 
warranties, or other liabilities assumed by us in certain contracts. In addition, we have agreements whereby we will 
indemnify  certain  officers  and  directors  for  certain  events  or  occurrences  while  the  officer  or  director  is,  or  was, 
serving  at  our  request  in  such  capacity.  The  indemnification  period  covers  all  pertinent  events  and  occurrences 
during the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required 
to  make  under  these  indemnification  agreements  is  unlimited;  however,  we  have  director  and  officer  insurance 
coverage that  limits our exposure and  enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe  the 
applicable  insurance  coverage  is  generally  adequate  to  cover  any  estimated  potential  liability  under  these 
indemnification agreements. The majority of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees do not provide for any 
limitation of the maximum potential for future payments we could be obligated to make. We have not recorded any 
liability  for  these  indemnities,  commitments  and  other  guarantees  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.   In addition, we have  some client  contracts that do not contain  contractual provisions for  the  limitation of 
liability,  and  other  client  contracts  that  contain  agreed  upon  exceptions  to  limitation  of  liability.    We  have  not 
recorded any liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets with respect to any client contracts under 
which we have or may have unlimited liability. 

31 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Contractual Obligations  

    The  following  table  summarizes  our  contractual  cash  obligations  at  December 31,  2005,  and  the  effect  these 
obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):  

Total  

Payments Due By Period  
1 – 3 
Years  

  Less Than 1 
Year  

  4 – 5 Years    After 5 Years    

Operating leases (1)  ...................................    $ 
Purchase obligations (2)  ............................     
Other long-term liabilities (3)  ...................     
     Total contractual cash obligations  .....    $  

38,285     $  11,562     $ 
15,354      
6      

12,198      
6      

8,697     $ 
3,156      
—      

6,930   

—     
—     

53,645     $  23,766     $  11,853     $ 

6,930   

$ 11,096  
—  
—  
$ 11,096  

(1)  Amounts  represent  the  expected  cash  payments  of  our  operating  leases  as  discussed  in  Note  17  to  the 

Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(2)  Purchase  obligations  include  agreements  to  purchase  goods  or  services  that  are  enforceable  and  legally 
binding on us and that specify all significant  terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; 
fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price  provisions;  and  the  approximate  timing  of  the  transaction.  Purchase 
obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. 

(3)  Other  long-term  liabilities,  which  exclude  deferred  income  taxes,  represent  the  expected  cash  payments  due 

minority shareholders of certain subsidiaries and others. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

    The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United  States requires estimations and  assumptions  that  affect  the reported  amounts of assets  and liabilities 
and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  based  on  historical 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could 
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

    We  believe  the  following  accounting  policies  are  the  most  critical  since  these  policies  require  significant 
judgment or involve complex estimations that are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and operating 
results:  

  We  recognize  revenue  pursuant  to  applicable  accounting  standards,  including  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin 
(“SAB”)  No. 101  (SAB  101),  “Revenue  Recognition  in  Financial  Statements,”  SAB  104,  “Revenue 
Recognition”  and  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  force  (“EITF”)  No. 00-21,  (EITF  00-21)“Revenue  Arrangements 
with Multiple Deliverables.” SAB 101, as amended, and SAB 104 summarize certain of the SEC staff’s views 
in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements and provide 
guidance  on  revenue  recognition  issues  in  the  absence  of  authoritative  literature  addressing  a  specific 
arrangement  or  a  specific  industry.  EITF  00-21  provides  further  guidance  on  how  to  account  for  multiple 
element contracts. 

We recognize revenue from services as the services are performed under a fully executed contractual agreement 
and record reductions to revenue for contractual penalties and holdbacks for failure to meet specified minimum 
service  levels  and other performance based contingencies.  Royalty revenue is recognized when a  contract has 
been  fully  executed,  the  product  has  been  delivered  or  provided,  the  license  fees  or  rights  are  fixed  and 
determinable,  the  collection  of  the  resulting  receivable  is  probable  and  there  are  no  other  contingencies. 
Revisions to these estimates, which could result in adjustments to fixed price contracts and estimated losses, are 
recorded in the period when such adjustments or losses are known or can be reasonably estimated. Product sales 
are recognized upon shipment to the customer and satisfaction of all obligations.  

We recognize revenue from licenses of our software products and rights when the agreement has been executed, 
the product or right has been delivered or provided,  collectibility  is probable  and the software  license fees or 
rights are fixed and determinable. If any portion of the license fees or rights is subject  to forfeiture, refund or 
other  contractual  contingencies,  we  defer  revenue  recognition  until  these  contingencies  have  been  resolved. 
Revenue from support and maintenance activities is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance period 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and the unrecognized portion is recorded as deferred revenue. 

Certain  contracts  to  sell  our  products  and  services  contain  multiple  elements  or  non-standard  terms  and 
conditions. As a result, we  evaluate  each contract  to determine the appropriate accounting,  including whether 
the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated  as separate units of accounting 
for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the deliverable elements 
and  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  for  each  element.  We  recognize  revenue  for  delivered  elements  only 
when the fair values of undelivered elements are known, uncertainties regarding client acceptance are resolved, 
and  there  are  no  client-negotiated  refund  or  return  rights  affecting  the  revenue  recognized  for  delivered 
elements.  Once  we  determine  the  allocation  of  revenue  between  deliverable  elements,  there  are  no  further 
changes in the revenue allocation.  

  We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts of $3.1 million as of December 31, 2005, or 3.5% of receivables, 
for  estimated  losses  arising  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required  payments.  If  the  financial 
condition  of  our  customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  a  reduced  ability  to  make  payments,  additional 
allowances may be required which would reduce income from operations. 

  We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence for each 
respective tax jurisdiction, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of such deferred tax assets will not 
be realized. The valuation allowance for a particular tax jurisdiction is allocated between current and noncurrent 
deferred  tax  assets  for  that  jurisdiction  on  a  pro  rata  basis.  Available  evidence  which  is  considered  in 
determining the amount of valuation allowance required  includes, but  is not limited  to, our estimate of future 
taxable income and any applicable tax-planning strategies. At December 31, 2005, management determined that 
a valuation allowance of approximately $28.8 million was necessary to reduce U.S. deferred tax assets by $9.9 
million and foreign deferred tax assets by $18.9 million, where it was more likely than not that some portion or 
all of such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The recoverability of the remaining net deferred tax asset of 
$17.9 million at December 31, 2005 is dependent upon future profitability within  each  tax  jurisdiction. As of 
December 31, 2005, based on our estimates of future taxable income and any applicable tax-planning strategies 
within  various  tax  jurisdictions,  we  believe  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  remaining  net  deferred  tax 
asset will be realized. (See Note 13 in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

  We review long-lived assets, which had a carrying value of $80.3 million as of December 31, 2005, including 
goodwill, intangibles and property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable and at least annually for impairment testing 
of  goodwill.  An  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired  when  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  fair  value.  Upon 
determination that the carrying value of the asset is impaired, we would record an impairment charge or loss to 
reduce the asset  to its fair value. Future adverse changes in market  conditions or poor operating results of the 
underlying investment could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of the investment and, 
therefore, might require an impairment charge in the future. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

    In  December  2004,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  SFAS  123R,  “Share-Based 
Payment” which revises SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25 and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” 
SFAS 123R requires companies to recognize in their income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and 
other equity-based compensation issued to  employees and  directors.  We  adopted  SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. 
The  standard  requires  that  compensation  expense  for  most  equity-based  awards  be  recognized  over  the  requisite 
service  period,  usually  the  vesting  period,  while  compensation  expense  for  liability-based  awards  (those  usually 
settled in cash rather  than stock) be re-measured to fair-value at each balance sheet date until  the award is settled. 
Under  SFAS  123R,  the  pro  forma  disclosures  previously  permitted  will  no  longer  be  an  alternative  to  financial 
statement  recognition.  The  adoption  of  SFAS  123R  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial 
condition,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  as  most  outstanding  options  were  fully  vested  as  of  December  31, 
2005. 

    We use the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the value of stock-based compensation granted to employees and 
directors and expect to continue to use this option valuation model in 2006, but may consider switching to another 
model  in  the  future,  if  we  determine  that  such  model  will  produce  a  better  estimate  of  fair  value.  Because  SFAS 
123R must be applied not only to new awards, but to previously granted awards that are not fully vested on January 
1, 2006, the effective date of SFAS 123R, compensation cost for some previously granted options will be recognized 
under SFAS 123R. However, had we adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of this standard would have 

33 

 
 
 
 
approximated the impact described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and net income per share in Note 1 to 
the consolidated financial statements.  

     SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported 
as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as previously required.  

    We  will  use  the  modified  prospective  method,  which  requires  us  to  record  compensation  expense  for  the  non-
vested  portion  of  previously  issued  awards  that  remain  outstanding  at  the  initial  date  of  adoption  and  to  record 
compensation expense for any awards issued or modified after January 1, 2006.  

    In  March  2005,  the  SEC  issued  SAB  107  (SAB  107),  “Share-Based  Payments”,  which  provides  guidance  on 
valuation  methods  available  and  guidance  on  other  related  matters  in  applying  the  provisions  of  SFAS  123R.  We 
adopted the provisions of SAB 107 in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. 

    In  October  2005,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  FAS  No.  123R-2  (SFAS  123R-2),  “Practical 
Accommodation to the Application of Grant Date as Defined in FAS 123R”. SFAS 123R-2 provides guidance on the 
application of grant date as defined in SFAS 123R. In accordance with this standard, a grant date of an award exists 
if  a)  the  award  is  a  unilateral  grant  and  b)  the  key  terms  and  conditions  of  the  award  are  expected  to  be 
communicated to an individual recipient within a relatively short time period from the date of approval. We adopted 
SFAS 123R-2 in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006.  

      In  November  2005,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  FAS  No.  123R-3  (SFAS  123R-3),  “Transition 
Election  Related  to Accounting  for  the Tax  Effects of Share-Based  Payment  Awards”.   SFAS 123R-3 provides an 
elective  alternative  method  that  establishes  a  computational  component  to  arrive  at  the  beginning  balance  of  the 
accumulated  paid-in  capital  pool  related  to  employee  compensation  and  a  simplified  method  to  determine  the 
subsequent impact on the accumulated paid-in capital pool of employee awards that are fully vested and outstanding 
upon the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. We are currently evaluating the use of this transition method. 

    In  March 2004,  the  EITF  reached  a  consensus  on  Issue  No. 03-1  (EITF  03-1),  “The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-
Temporary  Impairment  and  Its  Application  to  Certain  Investments."  EITF  03-1  provides  guidance  on  other-than-
temporary  impairment  evaluations  for  securities  accounted  for  under  SFAS  No. 115,  “Accounting  for  Certain 
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," and SFAS No. 124, “Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-
for-Profit  Organizations,"  and  non-marketable  equity  securities  accounted  for  under  the  cost  method.  The  EITF 
developed a basic three-step test to evaluate whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. In September 
2004, the FASB delayed the effective date of the recognition and measurement provisions of EITF 03-1. However, 
the disclosure provisions were effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. In November 2005, the FASB 
issued final FASB Staff Positions SFAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1 (SFAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1) “The Meaning of 
Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  and  Its  Application  to  Certain  Investments"  which  supersede  EITF  03-1  and 
provide  similar  guidance.  FASB  Staff  Position  Nos.  SFAS  115-1  and  SFAS  124-1  are  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of these standards 
is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

    In June 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 02-14 (EITF 02-14), "Whether an Investor Should Apply 
the  Equity  Method  of  Accounting  to  Investments  Other  Than  Common  Stock."  EITF  02-14  addresses  whether  the 
equity  method  of  accounting  should  be  applied  to  investments  when  an  investor  does  not  have  an  investment  in 
voting common stock of an investee but exercises significant influence through other means. EITF 02-14 states that 
an investor should only apply the equity method of accounting when it has investments in either common stock or 
in-substance  common  stock  of  a  corporation,  provided  that  the  investor  has  the  ability  to  exercise  significant 
influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. We adopted EITF 02-14 on January 1, 2005. The 
impact of this adoption did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

    In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  Staff  Position  109-1  (SFAS  109-1),  “Application  of  FASB  Statement  109, 
Accounting for Income Taxes , to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American 
Jobs  Creation  Act  of  2004”.  The  Act,  which  was  signed  into  law  in  October  2004,  provides  a  tax  deduction  on 
qualified  domestic  production  activities.  When  fully  phased-in,  the  deduction  will  be  up  to  9%  of  the  lesser  of 
“qualified  production  activities  income”  or  taxable  income.  Based  on  the  guidance  provided  by  SFAS  109-1,  this 
deduction should be accounted for as a special deduction under SFAS 109 and will reduce tax expense in the period 
or periods that the amounts are deductible on the tax return. The tax benefit resulting from the new deduction was 
effective  for  2005.  The  adoption  of  these  new  tax  provisions  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    In  December 2004,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  No.  SFAS 109-2  (SFAS  109-2),  “Accounting  and 
Disclosure Guidance  for  the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision  within  the American  Jobs  Creations Act of 
2004."  The Act introduced a limited time 85% dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign 
earnings  to  a  U.S.  taxpayer  (repatriation  provision),  provided  certain  criteria  were  met.  SFAS  No.  109-2  provides 
accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation provision. Based on a cost-benefit analysis, we decided not 
to repatriate any foreign income under the Act.  

    In March 2005, the FASB  issued Interpretation No. 47 (FIN 47), “Accounting  for Conditional Asset  Retirement 
Obligations”  that  requires  an  entity  to  recognize  a  liability  for  a  conditional  asset  retirement  obligation  when 
incurred  if  the  liability  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  FIN  47  clarifies  that  the  term  conditional  asset  retirement 
obligation refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of 
settlement  are  conditional  on  a  future  event  that  may  or  may  not  be  within  the  control  of  the  entity.  FIN  47  also 
clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement 
obligation. FIN 47 is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The impact of 
this adoption did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

    In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154 (SFAS 154), “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, which 
requires  retrospective  application  to  prior  periods’  financial  statements  for  changes  in  accounting  principle  and 
redefines the term “restatement” as the revising of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of 
an  error.  Under  retrospective  application,  the  new  accounting  principle  is  applied  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  first 
period presented  as if  that principle had  always been used.  The cumulative effect of the  change  is reflected  in the 
carrying value of assets and liabilities as of the first period presented and the offsetting adjustments are recorded to 
opening retained earnings.  SFAS 154 is  effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made  in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2005.   

    In July 2005, the FASB issued an exposure draft of a proposed interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for 
Income  Taxes”  entitled  “Accounting  for  Uncertain  Tax  Positions.”  The  proposed  interpretation  stipulates  that  the 
benefit from a tax position should be recorded only when it is probable that the tax position will be sustained upon 
audit  by  taxing  authorities,  based  solely  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  tax  position.  The  final  issuance  of  this 
proposed interpretation, which may be subject to significant changes, will be no earlier than the first quarter of 2006 
and the effective date has not been determined. We are currently evaluating the impact of this proposed standard on 
our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Foreign Currency and Interest Rate Risk  

    Our earnings and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates.  We 
are  exposed  to  non-U.S.  exchange  rate  fluctuations  as  the  financial  results  of  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  are  translated 
into  U.S.  dollars  in  consolidation.  As  exchange  rates  vary,  those  results,  when  translated,  may  vary  from 
expectations and adversely impact overall expected profitability. The cumulative translation effects for subsidiaries 
using  functional  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar  are  included  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income 
(Loss) in shareholders’ equity. Movements in non-U.S. currency exchange rates may affect our competitive position, 
as  exchange  rate  changes  may  affect  business  practices  and/or  pricing  strategies  of  non-U.S.  based  competitors. 
Periodically,  we  use  foreign  currency  contracts  to  hedge  intercompany  receivables  and  payables,  and  transactions 
initiated in the United States that are denominated in foreign currency. The principal foreign currency hedged is the 
Euro using foreign currency contracts ranging in periods from one to three months. Foreign currency contracts are 
accounted  for  on  a  mark-to-market  basis,  with  realized  and  unrealized  gains  or  losses  recognized  in  the  current 
period, as we do not designate our foreign currency contracts as accounting hedges. Unrealized and realized gains or 
losses related to these contracts for the three years ended December 31, 2005 were immaterial. 

    Our exposure to interest rate risk results from variable debt outstanding under our revolving credit facility. Based 
on our level of variable rate debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2005, a one-point increase in the 
weighted average  interest rate, which generally  equals the  LIBOR rate plus  an applicable margin, would not have 
had a material impact on our annual interest expense.  

    At  December 31,  2005,  we  had  no  debt  outstanding  at  variable  interest  rates.  We  have  not  historically  used 
derivative instruments to manage exposure to changes in interest rates.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

    The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are located beginning on page 46 and page 
29 of this report, respectively.  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures  

    None.  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

    As  of  December  31,  2005,  under  the  direction  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we 
evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 
13a  –  15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are 
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  SEC  reports  is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and 
is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We concluded that, as of December 
31, 2005, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

    Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Because 
of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

    We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making 
this assessment, we used the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

    Based on our assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2005, our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective.  

    Our independent auditors, an independent registered public accounting firm, have issued their attestation report on 
our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 38. 

Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

    Except  as noted below, there were no significant changes in our internal  control over financial reporting during 
the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2005  that  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our 
internal control over financial reporting.  

    On  November  11,  2005,  we  determined  that  certain  deferred  revenues  should  have  been  classified  as  current 
liabilities  rather  than  long-term  liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2003  and 
thereafter.  These  deferred  revenues  relate  to  various  contracts  in  our  Canadian  roadside  assistance  program  for 
which we are prepaid for roadside assistance services that are generally carried out over a twelve-month or longer 
period. Accordingly, previously issued financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 were restated to 
correct the classification of deferred revenue and the related deferred income taxes. We concluded that the deferred 
revenue classification error was primarily the result of a failure in the design of the existing controls surrounding the 
review  of  non-U.S.  non-routine  contracts  to  ensure  that  such  contracts  are  recorded  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States.  We  also  concluded  that  this  deficiency  in  internal  controls 
constituted  a  "material  weakness,"  as  defined  by  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board's  Auditing 
Standard No. 2. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
    Subsequent  to  November  11,  2005,  we  made  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
remediated such weakness, including the establishment of additional controls to improve the internal control process 
with respect to  the accounting for non-U.S. non-routine contracts. The  changes  included a more formal process  to 
document and review the terms and conditions of all significant contracts, including non-U.S. non-routine contracts, 
to ensure that such contracts are recorded in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States. This process is  completed at the inception of the contract and monitored during the  term of the  contract  to 
ensure all and any changes to the contract are accounted for appropriately. 

    As  a  result  of  these  remedial  actions,  we  concluded  that  this  change  in  procedures  strengthens  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures, as well as our internal control over financial reporting, with respect to the  accounting for 
non-U.S. non-routine contracts and therefore the above described material weakness was remediated as of December 
31, 2005. We have discussed this material weakness and our remediation actions with our Audit Committee. 

37 

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated 
Tampa, Florida 

We  have  audited  management’s  assessment,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal 
Control  over  Financial  Reporting,  as  included  in  Item  9A,  Controls  and  Procedures,  that  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated and  subsidiaries (the  “Company”)  maintained  effective internal  control over financial reporting as of 
December  31,  2005,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible 
for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  management’s  assessment 
and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  evaluating  management’s 
assessment, testing  and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of  internal control,  and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable 
basis for our opinions. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  the 
company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected 
by the company’s Board of Directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion 
or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or 
detected  on  a  timely  basis.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In  our  opinion,  management’s  assessment  that  the  Company  maintained  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  is  fairly  stated,  in  all  material  respects,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in 
Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2005,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States),  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2005 of the Company and our report dated March 14, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
financial statements and financial statement schedule.  

Certified Public Accountants  

Tampa, Florida 
March 14, 2006 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information  

    None.  

Items 10. through 14.  

PART III 

    All information required by Items 10 through 14, with the exception of information on Executive Officers which 
appears  in  this  report  in  Item  1  under  the  caption  “Executive  Officers”,  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  SYKES’ 
Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV  

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule 

The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

(1)  Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page 46 of this report.  

(2)  Financial Statements Schedule 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is set forth on page 80 of this report. 

(3)  Exhibits:  

Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

2.6 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Articles of Merger between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated, a North Carolina Corporation, and Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated, a Florida Corporation, dated March 1, 1996. (1) 

Articles of Merger between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Sykes Realty, Inc. (1) 

Shareholder Agreement dated December 11, 1997, by and among Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and 
HealthPlan Services Corporation. (2) 

Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  September 1,  1998,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
HealthPlan Services Corporation. (4) 

Merger  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 9,  2000,  among  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated,  SHPS, 
Incorporated,  Welsh  Carson  Anderson  and  Stowe,  VIII,  LP  (“WCAS”)  and  Slugger  Acquisition     
Corp. (11) 

Share  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  1,  2005,  among  Sykes  Canada  Corporation  and  the 
shareholders of Kelly, Luttmer & Associates Ltd and 765448 Alberta Limited. (27) 

Articles of Incorporation of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated, as amended. (5) 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated, as amended. (6) 

Bylaws of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated, as amended. (27) 

Specimen certificate for the Common Stock of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated. (1) 

1996 Employee Stock Option Plan. (1)* 

Amended and Restated 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. (12)* 

1996 Non-Employee Directors’ Fee Plan. (1)*  
2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Fee Plan. (23)* 

Form of Split Dollar Plan Documents. (1)* 

Form of Split Dollar Agreement. (1)* 

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and  directors  &  executive 
officers. (1) 

Tax Indemnification Agreement between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and John H. Sykes. (1)* 

1997 Management Stock Incentive Plan. (3)* 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.10 

1999 Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan. (7)* 

Exhibit Description 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

2000 Stock Option Plan. (8)* 

2001 Equity Incentive Plan. (13)* 

Deferred Compensation Plan (27)* 

2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (21)* 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of October 1, 2001 between Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and John H. Sykes. (15)* 

Founder’s Retirement and Consulting Agreement dated December 10, 2004 between Sykes Enterprises, 
Incorporated and John H. Sykes. (24)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  January 8,  2002,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
John H. Sykes. (15)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January 1,  2004,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Charles E. Sykes. (20)* 

Amendment  Number  1  to  Exhibit  “A”  of  the  Employment  Agreement  between  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated and Charles E. Sykes dated January 1, 2004. (23)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  August  1,  2004  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Charles E. Sykes. (27)* 

First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  28,  2005  between  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated and Charles E. Sykes. * 

Second  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  30,  2006,  between  Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and Charles E. Sykes. (31)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  March 15,  2002  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Charles E. Sykes. (16)* 

Stock Option Agreement (Performance Accelerated Option) dated as of March 15, 2002 between Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and Charles E. Sykes. (16)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of March 6, 2000 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and David 
L. Grimes. (9)* 

Employment Separation Agreement dated November 10, 2000 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated 
and David L. Grimes. (10)* 

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  October 1,  2001,  between  Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and W. Michael Kipphut. (15) * 

Employment Agreement dated as of  March 6, 2004, between Sykes  Enterprises, Incorporated and  W. 
Michael Kipphut. (23)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of  March 6, 2005, between Sykes  Enterprises, Incorporated and  W. 
Michael Kipphut. (26)* 

Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 1, 2001, between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and W. 
Michael Kipphut. (15)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004, between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Jenna 
R. Nelson. (20)* 

41 

 
 
 Exhibit 
Number 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

Exhibit Description 
Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  March 11,  2002  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Jenna R. Nelson. (16)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004, between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Gerry 
L. Rogers. (20)* 

Independent  Subcontractor  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  27,  2004  between  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated and Gerry L. Rogers. (27)* 

First  Amendment  to  Independent  Subcontractor  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  27,  2004  between  Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and Gerry L. Rogers. (27)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  March 11,  2002  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Gerry Rogers. (16)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2003, between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and James 
T. Holder. (20)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of July 22, 2005, between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and James 
T. Holder. (29)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  3,  2006,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
James T. Holder. (31)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  October 1,  2001,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
James T. Holder. (15)* 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of March 6, 2002, between Sykes Enterprises, 
Incorporated and Harry A. Jackson, Jr. (15)* 

Employment  Separation  Agreement,  Waiver  and  Release  dated  as  of  June 9,  2003  between  Sykes 
Enterprises, Incorporated and Harry A. Jackson, Jr. (19)* 

Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 6, 2002 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Harry 
A. Jackson, Jr. (16)* 

Stock Option Agreement dated as of December 23, 2002 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and 
Harry A. Jackson, Jr. (18)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April 1,  2003,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
William N. Rocktoff. (20)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  22,  2005,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
William N. Rocktoff. (29)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  3,  2006,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
William N. Rocktoff. (31)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  March 18,  2002  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
William Rocktoff. (16)* 

Stock  Option  Agreement  dated  as  of  March 18,  2002  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
William Rocktoff. (16)* 

Employment  Separation  Agreement  dated  as  of  November 5,  2001,  between  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated and Mitchell Nelson. (15)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of September 2, 2003, between Sykes  Enterprises, Incorporated and 
James C. Hobby. (20)* 

42 

 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

10.57 

10.58 

10.59 

10. 60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

14.1 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

* 
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Exhibit Description 
Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  3,  2005  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
James Hobby, Jr. (25)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  October 6,  2003,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Daniel L. Hernandez. (20)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  3,  2006,  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Daniel L. Hernandez. (31)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of June 15, 2004 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and David 
L. Pearson. (23)* 

Employment Agreement dated as of September 13, 2005 between Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and 
David L. Pearson. (30)* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  3,  2006  between  Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and 
Lawrence R. Zingale. (31)* 

Senior Revolving Credit Facility between SunTrust, Wachovia and BNP Paribas and Sykes Enterprises, 
Incorporated dated as of April 5, 2002 and Schedule I-1. (16) 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement without exhibits between Sun Trust, Wachovia and 
BNP Paribas and Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated dated as of September 30, 2002. (17) 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit Agreement between SunTrust Bank, Wachovia Bank and BNP 
Paribas and Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated dated as of June 30, 2003. (19) 

Credit Agreement Among Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Keybank National Association and BNP 
Paribas dated March 15, 2004. (22) 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement Among Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Keybank National 
Association and BNP Paribas dated October 18, 2004. (27) 

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement Among Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Keybank National 
Association and BNP Paribas dated May 25, 2005. (28) 

Code of Ethics (21) 

List of subsidiaries of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

Power of Attorney relating to subsequent amendments (included on the signature page of this report). 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a). 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a). 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 1350. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 1350. 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 
Filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-
2324) and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 2.12 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 1998, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 28, 1998, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
September 25, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference. 

43 

 
 
 
 
(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

(18) 

(19) 

(20) 

(21) 

(22) 

(23) 

(24) 

(25) 

(26) 

(27) 

(28) 

(29) 

(30) 

(31) 

Filed  as  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3  filed  with  the 
Commission on October 23, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as  Exhibit 3.2  to the Registrant’s  Form 10-K  filed with the  Commission on  March 29, 1999, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 29, 1999, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 29, 2000, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 29, 2000, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 27, 2001, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
July 17, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as  Exhibit 10.12  to Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed  with the  Commission on May 7, 2001, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as  Exhibit 10.32  to Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed  with the  Commission on May 7, 2001, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed  as  Exhibit 10.33  to  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  August 14,  2001, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit  to Registrant’s Form 10-K  filed  with the Commission on March 15, 2002, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  May 10,  2002,  and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November 14,  2002, 
and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit  to Registrant’s Form 10-K  filed  with the Commission on March 24, 2003, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 11, 2003, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit  to Registrant’s Form 10-K  filed  with the Commission on March 10, 2004, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  Registrant’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2004  annual  meeting  of  shareholders 
filed with the Commission April 6, 2004. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
March 29, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed  with  the  Commission on  August 9, 2004, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
December 16, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
January 7, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
March 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit  to Registrant’s Form 10-K  filed  with the Commission on March 22, 2005, and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
May 31, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
July 27, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
September 19, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference. 
Filed as an Exhibit to  the Registrant’s  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the  Commission on 
January 5, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference. 

44 

 
 
Signatures  

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the  Registrant has 
duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in  the  City  of 
Tampa, and State of Florida, on this 14th day of March 2006.  

SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED 
(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/ W. Michael Kipphut 
W. Michael Kipphut, 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the  capacities  and on the dates indicated. Each person whose 
signature appears below constitutes and appoints W. Michael Kipphut his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, 
with full power of substitution and revocation, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to 
sign any  and all  amendments  to this report  and to file the same, with all exhibits  thereto, and other documents  in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agents, 
and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to 
be  done  in  connection  therewith,  as  fully  to  all  intents  and  purposes  as  he  might  or  should  do  in  person,  thereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either of them, may lawfully do or cause to be 
done by virtue hereof.  

Signature  

  Title  

Date  

/s/ Paul L. Whiting 
Paul L. Whiting 

/s/ Charles E. Sykes 
Charles E. Sykes 

Chairman of the Board  

  March 14, 2006 

(Principal Ex 

President and Chief Executive Officer and  
Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Furman P. Bodenheimer, Jr.  
Furman P. Bodenheimer, Jr. 

/s/ Mark C. Bozek  
Mark C. Bozek 

Director  

Director  

/s/ Lt. Gen. Michael P. Delong (Ret.)    
Lt. Gen. Michael P. Delong (Ret.) 

Director  

/s/ H. Parks Helms  
H. Parks Helms 

/s/ Iain Macdonald  
Iain Macdonald  

/s/ James S. MacLeod  
James S. MacLeod 

Director  

Director  

Director  

/s/ Linda F. McClintock-Greco M.D.    
Linda F. McClintock-Greco M.D. 

Director  

/s/ William J. Meurer  
William J. Meurer 

/s/ James K. Murray, Jr.  
James K. Murray, Jr. 

Director  

Director  

45 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

  March 14, 2006 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 ....................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 .................... 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended  
     December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003................................................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  .................. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  ......................................................................................................... 

Page No. 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated 
Tampa, Florida 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and subsidiaries 
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes 
in  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2005.  Our 
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and 
financial statement schedule are  the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis, 
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Sykes  Enterprises,  Incorporated  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  and  the  results  of  their 
operations and their  cash flows for each of  the  three years  in the period ended December 31, 2005, in  conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial 
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole, 
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based 
on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion 
on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Certified Public Accountants 

Tampa, Florida 
March 14, 2006 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
ASSETS  

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

Current assets:  
   Cash and cash equivalents  ......................................................................................  
   Receivables, net .......................................................................................................  
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............................................................  
   Assets held for sale ..................................................................................................  

$   127,612  
88,213  
10,601  
—  

       Total current assets  .............................................................................................  
   Property and equipment, net ...................................................................................  
   Goodwill, net  ...........................................................................................................  
   Intangibles, net .........................................................................................................  
   Deferred charges and other assets ..........................................................................  

226,426  
72,261  
5,918  
2,112  
24,468  
$   331,185  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Current liabilities:  
   Accounts payable  ....................................................................................................  
$ 
   Accrued employee compensation and benefits  .....................................................  
   Deferred grants related to assets held for sale........................................................  
   Income taxes payable...............................................................................................  
   Deferred revenue......................................................................................................  
   Other accrued expenses and current liabilities ......................................................  

12,990  
31,777  
—  
2,220  
25,172  
10,274  

        Total current liabilities .......................................................................................  
Deferred grants  ...........................................................................................................  
Other long-term liabilities ..........................................................................................  

82,433  
18,107  
4,555  

$  

93,868  
90,661  
11,219  
9,742  

205,490  
82,891  
5,224  
—  
18,921  
$   312,526  

$ 

13,693  
30,316  
6,740  
2,965  
22,952  
9,386  

86,052  
13,921  
2,518  

        Total liabilities  ...................................................................................................  

105,095  

102,491  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)  

Shareholders’ equity:  
   Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized;  
      no shares issued and outstanding .........................................................................  
   Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000 shares authorized;  
      44,009 and 43,832 shares issued ..........................................................................  
   Additional paid-in capital  .......................................................................................  
   Retained earnings  ....................................................................................................  
   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  ................................................  

   Deferred stock compensation ..................................................................................  
   Treasury stock at cost: 4,712 shares and 4,644 shares  .........................................  

—  

—  

440  
165,674  
115,735  

(3,435 )    

278,414  
(355 ) 
(51,969 ) 

438  
163,885  
92,327  
4,871  
261,521  
—  

(51,486 )    

        Total shareholders’ equity  .................................................................................  

226,090  
$   331,185  

210,035  
$   312,526  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Operations  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Revenues .......................................................................................  

2005  
        $   494,918  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
 466,713  

2003  
 480,359  

$ 

$ 

Operating expenses:  
   Direct salaries and related costs  ...............................................  
   General and administrative .......................................................  
   Net gain on disposal of property and equipment  ....................  
   Net gain on insurance settlement ..............................................  
   Reversal of restructuring and other charges  ............................  
   Impairment of long-lived assets  ...............................................  

  309,604  
  160,470  
  (1,778 )   

—   
(314 )   
605  

  300,600  
  165,232  
  (6,915 )   
(5,378 )   
(113 )   
690  

  309,489   
  161,743   
(1,595  )  

—  
(646  ) 
—   

        Total operating expenses  .....................................................  

  468,587  

  454,116  

  468,991   

Income from operations  ...............................................................  

  26,331  

  12,597  

  11,368   

Other income (expense):  
   Interest income   .........................................................................  
   Interest expense ..........................................................................  
   Income from rental operations, net ...........................................  
   Other  ..........................................................................................  

2,559  
(667 )   
940  
(60 )   

2,445  
(773 )   
151  
1,441  

2,102  
(836 ) 
—  
1,322   

       Total other income (expense) ...............................................  

2,772  

  3,264  

2,588    

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes ..................  

  29,103  

  15,861  

  13,956   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes:  
   Current  .......................................................................................  
   Deferred  .....................................................................................  

7,098  
  (1,403 )   

4,399  

648     

5,707   
(1,056  )  

        Total provision (benefit) for income taxes  .........................  

5,695  

  5,047  

4,651    

Net income ....................................................................................  

        $    23,408  

  10,814  

9,305  

Net income per share:  
   Basic ...........................................................................................  

        $   

0.60  

   Diluted  .......................................................................................  

        $    

0.59  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.27  

0.27  

0.23  

0.23    

Weighted average shares:  
   Basic ...........................................................................................  
   Diluted  .......................................................................................  

  39,204  
  39,536  

  39,607  
  39,722  

  40,300   
  40,441   

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
          
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
          
 
     
 
 
          
  
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity  

(In thousands) 
Balance at January 1, 2003..................... 

  Additional 

Common Stock 
Shares 
Issued 
  43,491     $  435     $  162,117      $  72,208      $ 

    Paid-in 
 Amount    Capital 

  Retained 
  Earnings 

  Accumulated 
Other 
  Comprehensive   
  Income (Loss)    Compensation        Stock 

  Deferred 

Stock 

      Treasury       

      Total 

(11,1011 )   $ 

—     $  (41,314 )   $ 182,345   

Issuance of common stock...................... 
Tax benefit of exercise of 
   stock options......................................... 
Purchase of treasury stock ...................... 
Comprehensive income .......................... 

  —        —       
  —        —       
  —        —       

228     
—     
—     

—     
—     
  9,305     

—       

—       
—       

  10,893  

—       

—        1,169   

—       
—       
—       

—       

228   
(3,108 )      (3,108 ) 
—        20,198   

280       

3       

1,166     

—     

Balance at December 31, 2003............... 

  43,771        438        163,511     

  81,513     

(208 )     

—       

(44,422 )     200,832   

Issuance of common stock...................... 
Tax benefit of exercise of  
   stock options......................................... 
Purchase of treasury stock ...................... 
Comprehensive income .......................... 

  —        —       
  —        —       
  —        —       

61        —       

342     

—     

—       

—       

—       

342   

32     
—     
—     

—     
—     
  10,814     

—       
—       
5,079       

—       
—       
—       

—       

32   
(7,064 )      (7,064 ) 
—        15,893   

Balance at December 31, 2004............... 

  43,832        438        163,885     

  92,327     

4,871       

—       

(51,486 )     210,035   

166       

2       

836     

—     

—       

—       

—       

838   

Issuance of common stock ................... 
Deferred stock compensation 
   for the issuance of restricted 
   common stock units ........................... 
Amortization of deferred 
   stock compensation ............................ 
Shares issued under executive 
   deferred compensation plan 
   and held in the rabbi trust................ 
Comprehensive income (loss)  ............. 

  —        —       

  —        —       

11        —       
  —        —       

854     

—     

—     

—     

—       

—       

(854 )     

—       

—   

499       

—       

499   

99     
—     

—     
  23,408     

—       
(8,306 )     

—       
—       

(483 )     

(384 ) 
—        15,102   

Balance at December 31, 2005............. 

  44,009     $  440     $  165,674      $ 115,735      $ 

(3,435 )   $ 

(355 )   $  (51,969 )   $ 226,090   

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

50 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
    
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
     
 
     
 
       
  
   
       
   
 
 
 
SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

  $ 

2005  

2003  

  —  

  $  23,408     $  10,814  
30,237  
690  
(113 )    

(In thousands)  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  
Depreciation and amortization  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................  
Impairment of long-lived assets  .......................................................................................................................................................................... .............................  
Reversal of restructuring and other charges  ....................................................................................................................................................... .............................  
Stock compensation expense ................................................................................................................................................................................ .............................  
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision ............................................................................................................................................................. .............................  
Tax benefit from stock options............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................  
Net gain on disposal of property and equipment ................................................................................................................................................ .............................  
Net gain on insurance settlement ......................................................................................................................................................................... .............................  
Termination costs associated with exit activities ................................................................................................................................................ .............................  
Bad debt expense (reversals) ................................................................................................................................................................................  
Foreign exchange gain on liquidation of foreign entity...................................................................................................................................... .............................  
Unrealized loss on marketable securities............................................................................................................................................................. .............................  
Changes in assets and liabilities:  
    Receivables .......................................................................................................................................................................................................  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................................................................................................................................  
    Deferred charges and other assets ...................................................................................................................................................................  
    Accounts payable  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  
    Income taxes receivable/payable  ....................................................................................................................................................................  
    Accrued employee compensation and benefits  ..............................................................................................................................................  
    Other accrued expenses and current liabilities ...............................................................................................................................................  
    Deferred revenue ..............................................................................................................................................................................................  
    Other long-term liabilities  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  
        Net cash provided by operating activities  ..................................................................................................................................................  

9,305    
30,125   
—   
(646  ) 
—  
(1,056  )    
228   
(1,595  )    
—  
—  
441  
—  
—  

25,943      
605      
(314 )    
441    
(1,403 )  
—      
(1,778 )    
—       
697      
(649 )    
(366 )    
(59 )    

(2,939  ) 
(875  ) 
(1,374  )    
1,940    
9,057   
(5,141  )    
(3,113  )    
(136  )    
3    
34,224   

(8,699 )    
357      
491      
  (4,797 )   
1,446  
  (1,698 )   
  (1,372 )   
  (2,931 )   
(348 )   

(795 )    
(507 )    
(2,991 )  
(946 )  
(470 )    
2,277    
1,424    
2,167    
1,485    
48,169      

648      
32  
(6,915 )    
(5,378 )    
1,684  
267  
(680 )    
—  

13,735  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Capital expenditures .............................................................................................................................................................................................  
Cash paid for acquisition of Kelly, Luttmer & Assoc. Ltd, net of cash acquired .............................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of facilities  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment  ..................................................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from insurance settlement.....................................................................................................................................................................  
Other.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  
        Net cash used for investing activities  .........................................................................................................................................................  

(9,910 )  
(3,246 )  
2,480      
184      
—    
(357 )  
  (10,849 )  

—  
9,663  
99  
  6,940  
—  

—    
2,411   
212   
—  
—  

  (29,273  )    

  (26,650  )    

 (25,665 )   

  (8,963 )   

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Paydowns under revolving line of credit agreements  ........................................................................................................................................  
Borrowings under revolving line of credit agreements  .....................................................................................................................................  
Payments of long-term debt .................................................................................................................................................................................  
Borrowings under long-term debt  .......................................................................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from issuance of stock  .........................................................................................................................................................................  
Purchase of treasury stock  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  
        Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities  .................................................................................................................................  

(45  )    
71   
1,169   
(3,108  )    
(1,913  ) 

—      
—      
(78 )  
—      
838      
—     
760      

—     
—  
(86 )   
—  
342  

  (7,064 )   
(6,808 )    

(1,600  ) 
1,600   

Effects of exchange rates on cash .....................................................................................................................................................................  

(4,336 )    

6,944   

3,819  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  ..........................................................................................................................................................  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — BEGINNING ..................................................................................................................................  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — ENDING  .........................................................................................................................................  

1,783  
92,085  
  $  127,612     $  93,868  

12,605   
79,480   
92,085  

33,744      
93,868      

  $ 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:  
        Cash paid during the year for interest .........................................................................................................................................................  
        Cash paid during the year for income taxes ................................................................................................................................................  
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

  $ 
430  
510     $ 
  $  10,006     $  11,216  

460   
9,708   

  $ 
  $ 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
   
  
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
     
 
 
   
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
SYKES ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

    Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and consolidated subsidiaries (“SYKES” or the “Company”) provides outsourced 
customer  contact  management  solutions  and  services  in  the  business  process  outsourcing  (“BPO”)  arena  to 
companies,  primarily  within  the  communications,  technology/consumer,  financial  services,  healthcare,  and 
transportation  and  leisure  industries.  SYKES  provides  flexible,  high  quality  outsourced  customer  contact 
management  services  (with  an  emphasis  on  inbound  technical  support  and  customer  service),  which  includes 
customer assistance, healthcare and roadside assistance, technical support and product sales to its client’s customers. 
Utilizing SYKES’ integrated onshore/offshore global delivery model, SYKES provides its services through multiple 
communications  channels  encompassing  phone,  e-mail,  Web  and  chat.  SYKES  complements  its  outsourced 
customer contact management services with various enterprise support services in the United States that encompass 
services for a company’s internal support operations, from technical staffing services to outsourced corporate help 
desk services. In Europe, SYKES also provides fulfillment services including multilingual sales order processing via 
the  Internet  and  phone,  inventory  control,  product  delivery  and  product  returns  handling.  The  Company  has 
operations  in  two  geographic  regions  entitled  (1) the  Americas,  which  includes  the  United  States,  Canada,  Latin 
America, India and the Asia Pacific Rim, in which the client base is primarily companies in the United States that 
are  using  the  Company’s  services  to  support  their  customer  management  needs;  and  (2)  EMEA,  which  includes 
Europe, the Middle East, and Africa.  

Note 1. Summary of Accounting Policies  

      Principles  of  Consolidation  —  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  SYKES  and  its 
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  controlled  majority-owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions 
and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

      Use  of  Estimates  —  The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  the  Company  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of 
the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  

      Recognition  of  Revenue  —  Revenue  is  recognized  pursuant  to  applicable  accounting  standards,  including 
Securities and  Exchange  Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting  Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101 (SAB 101),  “Revenue 
Recognition  in  Financial  Statements”,  SAB  104,  “Revenue  Recognition”,  and  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force 
(“EITF”)  No. 00-21,  “Revenue  Arrangements  with  Multiple  Deliverables”.  SAB  101,  as  amended,  and  SAB  104 
summarize  certain  of  the  SEC  staff’s  views  in  applying  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  revenue 
recognition  in  financial  statements  and  provide  guidance  on  revenue  recognition  issues  in  the  absence  of 
authoritative  literature  addressing  a  specific  arrangement  or  a  specific  industry.  EITF  00-21  provides  further 
guidance on how to account for multiple element contracts.  

    The  Company  primarily  recognizes  its  revenue  from  services  as  those  services  are  performed  under  a  fully 
executed contractual agreement and records reductions to revenue for contractual penalties and holdbacks for failure 
to  meet  specified  minimum  service  levels  and  other  performance  based  contingencies.  Royalty  revenue  is 
recognized when a contract has been fully executed, the product has been delivered or provided, the license fees or 
rights  are  fixed  and  determinable,  the  collection  of  the  resulting  receivable  is  probable  and  there  are  no  other 
contingencies.  Adjustments  to fixed price  contracts and estimated  losses, if any, are recorded  in  the period when 
such adjustments or losses are known or can be reasonably estimated. Product sales are recognized upon shipment to 
the customer and satisfaction of all obligations.  

    The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from  software  and  contractually  provided  rights  in  accordance  with  the 
American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“AICPA”)  Statement  of  Position  97-2,  “Software  Revenue 
Recognition” (SOP 97-2), as amended by Statement of Position 98-4, “Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision 
of SOP 97-2” (SOP 98-4), Statement of Position 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, 
With  Respect  to  Certain  Transactions”  (SOP  98-9),  SAB 101,  SAB  104  and  EITF  00-21.  Revenue  is  recognized 
from licenses of the Company’s software products and rights when the agreement has been executed, the product or 
right has been delivered or provided, collectibility is probable and the software license fees or rights are fixed and 
determinable.  If  any  portion  of  the  license  fees  or  rights  is  subject  to  forfeiture,  refund  or  other  contractual 
contingencies,  the  Company  defers  revenue  recognition  until  these  contingencies  have  been  resolved.  SYKES 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
generally accounts for consulting services separate from software license fees for those multi-element arrangements 
where consulting services are a separate element and are not essential to the customer’s functionality requirements 
and there is vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements. Revenue from support 
and  maintenance  activities  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  term  of  the  maintenance  period  and  the  unrecognized 
portion is recorded as deferred revenue.  

    Revenue from contracts with multiple-deliverables to include hardware, software,  consulting and other services, 
or  related  contracts  with  the  same  client,  are  allocated  to  separate  units  of  accounting  based  on  their  relative  fair 
value,  if  the  deliverables  in  the  contract(s)  meet  the  criteria  for  such  treatment.  Such  criteria  include  whether  a 
delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis, whether there is objective and reliable evidence of 
the fair value of the undelivered items and, if the arrangement includes a general right of return related to a delivered 
item, whether delivery of the undelivered item  is considered probable and in the  Company’s control. Fair value is 
the price of a deliverable when it is regularly sold on a standalone basis, which generally consists of vendor-specific 
objective evidence of fair value. If there is no evidence of the fair value for a delivered product or service, revenue is 
allocated first to the fair value of the undelivered product or service and then the residual revenue is allocated to the 
delivered  product  or  service.  If  there  is  no  evidence  of  the  fair  value  for  an  undelivered  product  or  service,  the 
contract(s) is accounted for as a single unit of accounting, resulting in delay of revenue recognition for the delivered 
product  or  service  until  the  undelivered  product  or  service  portion  of  the  contract  is  complete.  However,  in  some 
cases,  revenue  may  be  recognized  over  the  contract  period  in  proportion  to  the  level  of  service  provided  on  a 
systematic  and  rational  basis,  using  the  proportional  performance  method.  Revenue  recognition  is  limited  to  the 
amount that is not contingent upon delivery of any future product or service or meeting other specified performance 
conditions.  

      Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  —  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  consist  of  cash  and  highly  liquid  short-term 
investments. Cash in the amount of $124.5 million and $86.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, 
was  held  in  interest  bearing  investments,  which  have  an  average  maturity  of  less  than  60 days.  Cash  and  cash 
equivalents  of  $86.3 million  and  $79.0 million  at  December 31,  2005  and  2004,  respectively,  were  held  in 
international operations and may be subject to additional taxes if repatriated to the United States.  

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts of $3.1 million 
and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, or 3.5% and 4.8% of receivables, respectively, for estimated 
losses  arising  from  the  inability  of  its  customers  to  make  required  payments.  If  the  financial  condition  of  the 
Company’s  customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  a  reduced  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances 
may  be  required  which  would  reduce  income  from  operations.  Based  on  a  review  of  the  accounts  receivables 
balances and activity, the Company reversed $0.6 million of the allowance for doubtful accounts during 2005. 

     Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment is  recorded at cost and depreciated using  the straight-line 
method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Improvements to leased premises are amortized over 
the shorter of the related lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Cost and related accumulated 
depreciation  on  assets  retired  or  disposed  of  are  removed  from  the  accounts  and  any  gains  or  losses  resulting 
therefrom  are  credited  or  charged  to  income.  Depreciation  expense  was  $27.7 million,  $32.3 million  and 
$33.0 million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.  Property  and  equipment 
includes  $0.7 million,  $0.1 million  and  $3.5  million  of  additions  included  in  accounts  payable  at  December 31, 
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Accordingly, non-cash transactions have been excluded from the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

    The  Company  capitalizes  certain  costs  incurred  to  internally  develop  software  upon  the  establishment  of 
technological  feasibility.  Costs  incurred  prior  to  the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility  were  expensed  as 
incurred.  Capitalized  internally  developed  software  costs,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  were  $1.1 million  and 
$0.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

    The  carrying  value  of  property  and  equipment,  including  leased  assets,  to  be  held  and  used  is  evaluated  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable 
in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the 
Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets”.  An  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired  when  the  sum  of  the 
undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition does not 
exceed  its  carrying  amount.  The  amount  of  the  impairment  loss,  if  any,  is  measured  as  the  amount  by  which  the 
carrying  value  of  the  asset  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value,  which  is  generally  determined  based  on  appraisals  or 
sales prices of comparable assets. Occasionally, the Company redeploys property and equipment from under-utilized 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
centers to other locations to improve capacity utilization if it is determined that the related undiscounted future cash 
flows  in  the  under-utilized  centers  would  not  be  sufficient  to  recover  the  carrying  amount  of  these  assets.  As  of 
December 31, 2005, the Company determined that its property and equipment was not impaired, including the idle 
facility  in  Perry  County,  Kentucky  (as  discussed  below)  which  is  being  held  and  used  for  future  use  in  the 
Company’s operations and increased demand for services.  

     In September 2005, the Company withdrew its plans to sell the Perry, Kentucky facility due to increased demand 
for  customer  care  management  services  from  new  and  existing  clients  in  the  United  States.  As  a  result,  the  net 
carrying value of $4.5 million of land, building and equipment related to this site was reclassified from “Assets held 
for sale” to “Property and Equipment” as of September 30, 2005. The net carrying value of $4.5 million was offset 
by a related deferred grant in the amount of $1.9 million as of September 30, 2005. The Company also recaptured 
the  related  depreciation,  net  of  grant  amortization  of  $0.7  million  in  September  2005.  In  connection  with  the 
decision to reopen the Perry, Kentucky facility, certain assets held for sale at this facility, which were not redeployed 
to  other  locations,  were  deemed  impaired,  written  down  to  fair  value  and  subsequently  sold  resulting  in  an 
impairment charge of $0.5 million in September 2005. The Perry facility remains idle as of December 31, 2005. 

    In  2005,  in  connection  with  the  plan  of  migration  of  the  call  volumes  of  the  customer  contact  management 
services  and  related  operations  from  the  Company’s  Bangalore,  India  facility,  a  component  of  the  Americas 
segment,  to  other  facilities  as  discussed  in  Note  14,  the  Company  redeployed  property  and  equipment  located  in 
India  totaling  approximately  $1.8  million  and  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $0.7  million  for  certain 
property  and  equipment  in  India  as  of  December  31,  2004.  Upon  completion  of  the  redeployment  of  the  property 
and equipment from the India facility, the Company recorded an additional asset impairment charge of $0.1 million 
in September 2005. 

      Rent  Expense  —The  Company  has  entered  into  several  operating  lease  agreements,  some  of  which  contain 
provisions  for  future  rent  increases,  rent  free  periods,  or  periods  in  which  rent  payments  are  reduced.  The  total 
amount of the rental payments due over the lease term is being charged to rent expense on the straight-line method 
over the term of the lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13 “Accounting for Leases,” FASB Technical Bulletin 88-1 
“Issues  Relating to Accounting for Leases,” and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3 “Accounting for Operating Leases 
with Scheduled Rent Increases.” The difference between rent expense recorded and the  amount paid is credited or 
charged  to  “Accrued  rent”  which  is  included  in  “Other  accrued  expenses  and  current  liabilities”  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

      Investment  in  SHPS  —  The  Company  holds  a  6.5%  ownership  interest  in  SHPS,  Incorporated,  which  is 
accounted for at cost of approximately $2.1 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and is included in “Deferred 
charges  and  other  assets”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  (See  Note  8.)  The  Company  will 
record an impairment charge or loss if it believes the investment has experienced a decline in value that is other than 
temporary. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of the underlying investment could 
result  in  losses  or  an  inability  to  recover  the  carrying  value  of  the  investment  and,  therefore,  might  require  an 
impairment charge in the future. 

    Investments  Held  in  Rabbi  Trust  —Securities  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  for  a  supplemental  nonqualified  executive 
retirement program, as more fully described in Note 18,  Employee  Benefit Plans, include the fair  market value of 
investments  in  various  mutual  funds  and  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  fair  market  value  of  these 
investments  is  determined  by  quoted  market  prices  and  is  adjusted  to  the  current  market  price  at  the  end  of  each 
reporting period. The  investments held  in mutual funds,  classified as trading securities, had a fair market value of 
approximately  $0.7  million  at  December  31,  2005  and  are  included  in  “Deferred  charges  and  other  assets”  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. These investments were comprised of 55% equity securities and 45% 
debt  securities  at  December  31,  2005.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  recorded 
approximately $0.1 million in unrealized gains from holding these investments, which is included in “Other income 
(expense)” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

    The investments held in the Company’s common stock had a fair market value of approximately $0.5 million at 
December 31, 2005 and are included in “Treasury Stock” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  recorded  approximately  $0.2  million  in  compensation  expense 
associated  with  these  investments,  which  is  included  in  “General  and  administrative”  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

      Goodwill  —  On  January 1,  2002,  the  Company  adopted  SFAS  No. 142  (SFAS  142),  “Goodwill  and  Other 

54 

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible  Assets.”  According  to  this  statement,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  no 
longer subject to amortization, but instead must be reviewed at least annually, and more frequently in the presence 
of  certain  circumstances,  for  impairment  by  applying  a  fair  value  based  test.  Fair  value  for  goodwill  is  based  on 
discounted cash flows, market multiples and/or appraised values as appropriate. Under SFAS 142, the carrying value 
of assets is calculated at the lowest levels for which there are identifiable cash flows (the “reporting unit”). If the fair 
value of the reporting unit is less  than its carrying value, an impairment loss  is recorded to the  extent that the fair 
value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Based on the results of the Company’s 
annual impairment reviews in the third quarter of each year in accordance with SFAS 142, the Company determined 
that  there  has  been  no  impairment  of  goodwill.  The  Company  expects  to  receive  future  benefits  from  previously 
acquired goodwill over an indefinite period of time.  

     Intangible Assets — Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, existing technologies and covenants not 
to  compete,  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  period  of  benefit,  generally  ranging 
from two to fifteen years. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets and takes into 
account  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  that  warrant  revised  estimates  of  useful  lives  or  that  indicate  that  an 
impairment  exists.  In  connection  with  a  2005  acquisition  in  Canada,  as  discussed  in  Note  2  Acquisitions  and 
Dispositions, the Company recorded intangible assets of $2.4 million. The related amortization expense in 2005 was 
$0.3 million. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, intangible assets were fully amortized and had a carrying value of 
zero.  

      Income  Taxes  —  The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  SFAS  No. 109,  “Accounting  for  Income 
Taxes.” Deferred income  tax assets  and liabilities  are provided to reflect tax consequences of differences between 
the  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  reported  amounts  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.  

     Self-Insurance Programs  —  The  Company self-insures  for certain  levels of workers’ compensation, and  as of 
December  31,  2004,  also  self-insured  for  employee  health  insurance.  Estimated  costs  of  these  self-insurance 
programs are accrued at the projected settlements for known and anticipated claims. Self-insurance liabilities of the 
Company amounted to $1.6 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

      Deferred  Grants  —  Recognition  of  income  associated  with  grants  of  land  and  the  acquisition  of  property, 
buildings and equipment is deferred until after the completion and occupancy of the building and title has passed to 
the Company, and the funds have been released from escrow. The deferred amounts for both land and building are 
amortized and recognized  as  a reduction of depreciation  expense  included within general and  administrative costs 
over the corresponding useful lives of the related assets. Amounts received in excess of the cost of the building are 
allocated to the cost of equipment and, only after the grants are released from escrow, recognized as a reduction of 
depreciation expense over the weighted average useful life of the related equipment, which approximates five years. 
Amortization  of  the  deferred  grants  that  is  included  as  a  reduction  to  “General  and  administrative”  costs  in  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  was  approximately  $2.0 million,  $2.1 million  and 
$2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

    Deferred Revenue  —  The  Company invoices  certain  contracts  in  advance.  The deferred revenue  is  earned over 
the  service  periods  of  the  respective  contracts,  which  range  from  six  months  to  seven  years.  Deferred  revenue 
included in current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets includes the up-front fees associated 
with  services  to  be  provided  over  the  next  ensuing  twelve  month  period  and  the  up-front  fees  associated  with 
services  to  be  provided  over  multiple  years  in  connection  with  contracts  that  contain  cancellation  and  refund 
provisions, whereby the manufacturers or customers can terminate the contracts and demand pro-rata refunds of the 
up-front fees  with short notice. Deferred revenue included in current liabilities  in the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets also includes estimated penalties and holdbacks of approximately $0.9 million and $0.3 million as of 
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for failure to meet specified minimum service levels in certain contracts 
and other performance based contingencies.  

      Stock-Based  Compensation  —  The  Company  has  adopted  the  disclosure  only  provisions  of  SFAS  No. 123 
(SFAS  123),  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation.”  Under  SFAS  123,  companies  have  the  option  to 
measure compensation costs for stock options using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles 
Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25 (APB 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25). Under APB 25, 
compensation expense is generally not recognized when both the exercise price is the same as the market price and 
the  number  of  shares  to  be  issued  is  set  on  the  date  the  employee  stock  option  is  granted.  Since  employee  stock 
options are granted on this basis  and the  Company has chosen to use the intrinsic value method, no compensation 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
expense is recognized for stock option grants.  

    If the  Company had elected to recognize compensation expense for the issuance of options to employees of the 
Company based on the fair value method of accounting prescribed by SFAS 123, net income  and earnings per share 
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts as follows (in thousands except per share amounts):  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

2005  

Net Income: 
  Net income as reported ...............................................................  
  Add: Stock-based compensation included in reported 
      net income, net of tax .............................................................  

$  23,408    

$   10,814  

$   9,305     

441    

—  

—    

Add (Deduct): 
  Stock-based compensation under the fair value method, 
      net of tax..................................................................................  
Pro forma net income  ..................................................................  

  (1,090 )  
$  22,759    

(404 )   

$   10,410  

(1,887 )  
$   7,418     

Net Income Per Share: 
Basic, as reported  .........................................................................  
Basic, pro forma ...........................................................................   
Diluted, as reported ......................................................................  
Diluted, pro forma ........................................................................  

$   0.60    
$   0.58    
$   0.59    
$   0.58    

$  
$  
$  
$  

0.27  
0.26  
0.27  
0.26  

$  
$  
$  
$  

0.23     
0.18     
0.23     
0.18     

    The  pro  forma  amounts  were  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  with  the  following  key 
assumptions: (i) a discount rate of 2.0% for 2003 (no options were issued in 2004 and 2005); (ii) a volatility factor 
of 83.91% for 2003 based upon the average trading price of the Company’s common stock since it began trading on 
the  NASDAQ  National  Market;  (iii) no  dividend  yield;  and  (iv) an  average  expected  option  life  of  three  years  in 
2003  (three  years  for  the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan).  In  addition,  the  pro  forma  amount  for  2004  and  2003 
includes approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to purchase discounts offered under the 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  

    On February 1, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved accelerating the vesting 
of  most  out-of-the-money,  unvested  stock  options  held  by  current  employees,  including  executive  officers  and 
certain  employee  directors.  An  option  was  considered  out-of-the-money  if  the  stated  option  exercise  price  was 
greater  than  the  closing  price,  $7.23,  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  day  the  Compensation  Committee 
approved  the  acceleration.  The  Compensation  Committee  also  approved  accelerating  the  vesting  of  out-of  the-
money,  unvested  stock  options  held  by  non-employee  directors,  subject  to  shareholder  approval  at  the  May  2005 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. 

    The following table summarizes the options accelerated on February 1, 2005:  

Certain Directors & Executive Officers: 

Jenna R. Nelson 

William N. Rocktoff 

Charles E. Sykes (employee director) 

Total Certain Directors & Executive Officers 

Total Non-officer Employees 

Aggregate Number of 

Weighted Average 

Shares Issuable Under 

Exercise Price Per 

Accelerated Options 

Share 

16,500 

29,500 

11,000 

57,000 

68,550 

$  8.640 

$  9.050 

$  9.090 

$  8.939 

$  9.814 

Total 

125,550 

$  9.416 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    At  the  Annual  Meeting  on  May  24,  2005,  the  shareholders  approved  accelerating  the  vesting  of  the  out-of-the-
money,  unvested  stock  options  held  by  the  non-employee  directors,  as  previously  approved  by  the  Compensation 
Committee. Options held by non-employee directors were considered out-of-the-money if the stated option exercise 
price was greater than the closing price, $8.39, of the Company’s common stock on May 24, 2005. As a result, the 
Company  accelerated  the vesting of 8,332 unvested stock options held by Paul L. Whiting at  an exercise price of 
$8.732 on May 24, 2005. There was no additional compensation expense recognized in 2005, or in the amounts in 
the pro forma stock-based compensation table presented within this note, as a result of accelerating the vesting of the 
stock options on February 1, 2005 and May 24, 2005. 

    The  decision  to  accelerate  vesting  of  these  options  and  eliminate  future  compensation  expense  was  based  on  a 
review  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  programs  in  light  of  current  market  conditions  and  changing 
accounting rules regarding stock option expensing that the Company must follow beginning January 1, 2006. This 
accounting  rule,  entitled  “Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123  (Revised  2004),  Share-Based 
Payment”  (SFAS  123R),  requires  that  compensation  cost  related  to  share-based  payment  transactions,  including 
stock options, be recognized in the financial statements. Excluding holders of foreign stock options that elected to 
decline the accelerated vesting, it is estimated that the maximum future compensation expense that would have been 
charged  to  earnings,  absent  the  acceleration  of  these  options,  based  on  the  Company’s  implementation  date  for 
SFAS 123R as of January 1, 2006, was less than $0.1 million.  

    In  accordance  with  APB  25,  as  discussed  in  Note  19,  Stock  Options  and  Common  Stock  Units,  the  Company 
applies variable plan  accounting for grants of common stock units issued under the 2004 Non-Employee Director 
Fee Plan and recognizes compensation cost over the vesting period.  

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair 
value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:  

•  Cash, Accounts  Receivable,  Marketable Securities  and Accounts Payable. The carrying amounts reported 
in the balance sheet for cash, accounts receivable, marketable securities and accounts payable approximates 
their fair values. 

•  Long-Term Debt. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including the current portion thereof, is 
estimated based on the quoted market price for the same or similar types of borrowing arrangements. The 
carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  approximates  fair  value.  As  of  December  31,  2005  and 
2004, the Company had no outstanding long-term debt. 

      Foreign  Currency  Translation  —  The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries,  whose 
functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the reporting date, 
and income and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. The net effect of 
translation  gains  and  losses  is  not  included  in  determining  net  income,  but  is  included  in  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive Income (Loss), which is reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until the sale or 
until  the  complete  or  substantially  complete  liquidation  of  the  net  investment  in  the  foreign  subsidiary.  Foreign 
currency transactional gains and losses are included in determining net income. Such gains and losses are included 
in other income (expense) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

     Foreign  Currency  and  Derivative  Instruments  —  Periodically,  the  Company  enters  into  foreign  currency 
contracts  with  financial  institutions  to  protect  against  currency  exchange  risks  associated  with  existing  assets  and 
liabilities  denominated  in  a  foreign  currency.  These  contracts  require  the  Company  to  exchange  currencies  in  the 
future  at  rates  agreed  upon  at  the  contract’s  inception.  The  contracts  entered  into  by  the  Company  have  been 
primarily related to the Euro. A foreign currency contract acts as an economic hedge as the gains and losses on these 
contracts typically offset or partially offset gains and losses on the assets, liabilities, and transactions being hedged. 
The  Company  does  not  designate  its  foreign  currency  contracts  as  accounting  hedges  and  does  not  hold  or  issue 
financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. Foreign currency contracts are accounted for on a mark-to-
market basis, with unrealized gains or losses recognized as a component of income in the current period. 

    Unrealized  and  realized  gains  or  losses  related  to  these  contracts  for  the  three  years  ended  December  31,  2005 
were immaterial. 

    Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements  —  In  December  2004,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“FASB”)  issued  SFAS  123R,  “Share-Based  Payment”  which  revises  SFAS  123  and  supersedes  APB  25  and 
amends  SFAS  No.  95,  “Statement  of  Cash  Flows.”  SFAS  123R  requires  companies  to  recognize  in  their  income 
statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation  issued  to employees  and 
57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
directors. The Company adopted SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. The standard requires that compensation expense 
for  most  equity-based  awards  be  recognized  over  the  requisite  service  period,  usually  the  vesting  period,  while 
compensation expense for liability-based awards (those usually settled in cash rather than stock) be re-measured to 
fair-value  at  each  balance  sheet  date  until  the  award  is  settled.  Under  SFAS  123R,  the  pro  forma  disclosures 
previously permitted will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. The adoption of SFAS 123R 
is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  or  cash  flows  of  the 
Company as most outstanding options were fully vested as of December 31, 2005. 

The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  formula  to  estimate  the  value  of  stock-based  compensation  granted  to 
employees  and  directors  and  expects  to  continue  to  use  this  option  valuation  model  in  2006,  but  may  consider 
switching to another model in the future, if the Company determines that such model will produce a better estimate 
of fair value. Because SFAS 123R must be applied not only to new awards, but to previously granted awards that are 
not  fully  vested  on  January  1,  2006,  the  effective  date  of  SFAS  123R,  compensation  cost  for  some  previously 
granted  options  will  be  recognized  under  SFAS  123R.  However,  had  the  Company  adopted  SFAS  123R  in  prior 
periods,  the  impact of  this  standard would have  approximated the  impact described  above in  the disclosure of pro 
forma net income and net income per share in this Note 1.  

SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported 

as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as previously required.  

The Company will use the modified prospective method, which requires it to record compensation expense for the 
non-vested portion of previously issued awards that remain outstanding at the initial date of adoption and to record 
compensation expense for any awards issued or modified after January 1, 2006.  

    In  March  2005,  the  SEC  issued  SAB  107  (SAB  107),  “Share-Based  Payments”,  which  provides  guidance  on 
valuation  methods available  and guidance on other related  matters in  applying the provisions of SFAS 123R. The 
Company adopted the provisions of SAB 107 in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. 

    In  October  2005,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  FAS  No.  123R-2  (SFAS  123R-2),  “Practical 
Accommodation to the Application of Grant Date as Defined in FAS 123R”. SFAS 123R-2 provides guidance on the 
application of grant date as defined in SFAS 123R. In accordance with this standard, a grant date of an award exists 
if  a)  the  award  is  a  unilateral  grant  and  b)  the  key  terms  and  conditions  of  the  award  are  expected  to  be 
communicated  to  an  individual  recipient  within  a  relatively  short  time  period  from  the  date  of  approval.  The 
Company adopted SFAS 123R-2 in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006.  

    In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS No. 123R-3 (SFAS 123R-3), “Transition Election 
Related  to  Accounting  for  the  Tax  Effects  of  Share-Based  Payment  Awards”.    SFAS  123R-3  provides  an  elective 
alternative method that establishes a computational component to arrive at the beginning balance of the accumulated 
paid-in capital pool related to employee compensation and a simplified method to determine the subsequent impact 
on the accumulated paid-in capital pool of employee awards that are fully vested and outstanding upon the adoption 
of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the use of this transition method.     

    In  March 2004,  the  EITF  reached  a  consensus  on  Issue  No. 03-1  (EITF  03-1),  "The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-
Temporary  Impairment  and  Its  Application  to  Certain  Investments."  EITF  03-1  provides  guidance  on  other-than-
temporary  impairment  evaluations  for  securities  accounted  for  under  SFAS  No. 115,  "Accounting  for  Certain 
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," and SFAS No. 124, "Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-
for-Profit  Organizations,"  and  non-marketable  equity  securities  accounted  for  under  the  cost  method.  The  EITF 
developed a basic three-step test to evaluate whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. In September 
2004, the FASB delayed the effective date of the recognition and measurement provisions of EITF 03-1. However, 
the disclosure provisions were effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. In November 2005, the FASB 
issued  final  FASB  Staff  Position  Nos.  SFAS  115-1  and  SFAS  124-1  (SFAS  115-1  and  124-1)  “The  Meaning  of 
Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  and  Its  Application  to  Certain  Investments"  which  superseded  EITF  03-1  and 
provided  similar  guidance.  FASB  Staff  Position  Nos.  SFAS  115-1  and  SFAS  124-1  are  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of these standards 
is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  of  the 
Company.  

    In June 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 02-14 (EITF 02-14), "Whether an Investor Should Apply 
the  Equity  Method  of  Accounting  to  Investments  Other  Than  Common  Stock."  EITF  02-14  addresses  whether  the 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
equity  method  of  accounting  should  be  applied  to  investments  when  an  investor  does  not  have  an  investment  in 
voting common stock of an investee but exercises significant influence through other means. EITF 02-14 states that 
an investor should only apply the equity method of accounting when it has investments in either common stock or 
in-substance  common  stock  of  a  corporation,  provided  that  the  investor  has  the  ability  to  exercise  significant 
influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. The Company adopted EITF  02-14 on January 1, 
2005. The impact of this adoption did not have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows of the Company. 
    In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  Staff  Position  109-1  (SFAS  109-1),  “Application  of  FASB  Statement  109, 
Accounting for Income Taxes , to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American 
Jobs  Creation  Act  of  2004”.  The  Act,  which  was  signed  into  law  in  October  2004,  provides  a  tax  deduction  on 
qualified  domestic  production  activities.  When  fully  phased-in,  the  deduction  will  be  up  to  9%  of  the  lesser  of 
“qualified  production  activities  income”  or  taxable  income.  Based  on  the  guidance  provided  by  SFAS  109-1,  this 
deduction should be accounted for as a special deduction under SFAS 109 and will reduce tax expense in the period 
or periods that the amounts are deductible on the tax return. The tax benefit resulting from the new deduction was 
effective  for  2005.  The  adoption  of  these  new  tax  provisions  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.  

    In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  No.  SFAS  109-2  (SFAS  109-2),  “Accounting  and 
Disclosure Guidance  for  the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision  within  the American  Jobs  Creations Act of 
2004." The Act introduced a limited  time 85% dividends received deduction on  the repatriation of certain foreign 
earnings  to  a  U.S.  taxpayer  (repatriation  provision),  provided  certain  criteria  are  met.  SFAS  109-2  provides 
accounting  and  disclosure  guidance  for  the  repatriation  provision.  Based  on  a  cost-benefit  analysis,  the  Company 
decided not to repatriate any foreign income under the Act.  

    In March 2005, the FASB  issued Interpretation No. 47 (FIN 47), “Accounting  for Conditional Asset  Retirement 
Obligations”  that  requires  an  entity  to  recognize  a  liability  for  a  conditional  asset  retirement  obligation  when 
incurred  if  the  liability  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  FIN  47  clarifies  that  the  term  conditional  asset  retirement 
obligation refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of 
settlement  are  conditional  on  a  future  event  that  may  or  may  not  be  within  the  control  of  the  entity.  FIN  47  also 
clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement 
obligation. FIN 47 is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The impact of 
this  adoption  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  of  the 
Company. 

    In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154 (SFAS 154), “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which 
requires  retrospective  application  to  prior  periods’  financial  statements  for  changes  in  accounting  principle  and 
redefines the term “restatement” as the revising of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of 
an  error.  Under  retrospective  application,  the  new  accounting  principle  is  applied  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  first 
period presented  as if  that principle had  always been used.  The cumulative effect of the  change  is reflected  in the 
carrying value of assets and liabilities as of the first period presented and the offsetting adjustments are recorded to 
opening retained earnings.  SFAS 154 is  effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made  in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2005. 

    In July 2005, the FASB issued an exposure draft of a proposed interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for 
Income  Taxes”  entitled  “Accounting  for  Uncertain  Tax  Positions”.  The  proposed  interpretation  stipulates  that  the 
benefit from a tax position should be recorded only when it is probable that the tax position will be sustained upon 
audit  by  taxing  authorities,  based  solely  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  tax  position.  The  final  issuance  of  this 
proposed interpretation, which may be subject to significant changes, will be no earlier than the first quarter of 2006 
and  the  effective  date  has  not  been  determined.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  proposed 
standard on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

Note 2. Acquisitions and Dispositions  

    On  September 30,  2003,  the  Company  sold  the  land  and  building  related  to  its  Scottsbluff,  Nebraska  facility, 
which  was  closed  in  connection  with  the  2002  restructuring  plan,  for  $2.0 million  cash,  resulting  in  a  net  gain  of 
$1.9 million.  The  net  book  value  of  the  facilities  of  $1.9 million  was  offset  by  the  related  deferred  grants  of 
$1.8 million. The net gain on the sale of the Scottsbluff facility of $1.9 million is included in “Net gain on disposal 
of property and equipment” in the accompanying 2003 Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    On  December 31,  2003,  the  Company  sold  the  land  and  building  related  to  its  Eveleth,  Minnesota  facility  for 
$2.3 million, for which the Company received $0.3 million cash and a $2.0 million note receivable, resulting in a net 
gain of $1.7 million recognized over the term of the note using the installment sales method of accounting. The net 
book value of the facilities of $3.5 million was offset by the related deferred grants of $2.9 million. The Company 
recognized $0.2 million of the $1.7 million net gain on the sale of the Eveleth facility in 2003, which is included in 
“Net gain on disposal of property and equipment” in the accompanying 2003 Consolidated Statement of Operations. 
The remaining $1.5 million net gain was recognized in 2004 when the note receivable balance was paid in full and is 
included in “Net gain on disposal of property and equipment” in the accompanying 2004 Consolidated Statement of 
Operations. 

    On January 15, 2004, the Company sold the land, building and its contents related to its Klamath Falls, Oregon 
facility for $4.0 million in cash, resulting in a net gain of $2.7 million in the first quarter of 2004. The net book value 
of  the  facilities  of  $2.3  million  was  offset  by  the  related  deferred  grants  of  $1.0  million.  On  March  31,  2004,  the 
Company sold a parcel of land at its Pikeville, Kentucky facility for $0.2 million in cash, resulting in a net gain of 
$0.1  million  in  the  first  quarter  of  2004.  On  July  9,  2004,  the  Company  sold  the  land,  building  and  its  contents 
related to its Hays, Kansas facility for $3.0 million cash, resulting in a net gain of $2.8 million in the third quarter of 
2004. The net book value of the facilities of $1.5 million was offset by the related deferred grants of $1.3 million.  

    Accordingly,  the  net  gains  on  the  sale  of  these  facilities  of  $7.1  million  related  to  the  Eveleth,  Klamath  Falls, 
Pikeville and Hays facilities are included in “Net gain on disposal of property and equipment” in the accompanying 
2004 Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

    In April 2004, related to the Company’s efforts to realign the EMEA cost structure with current business levels, 
the  Company proposed a liquidation plan to close  its operations in Turkey. Accordingly, the  Company transferred 
one  remaining  contract  to  other  SYKES’  subsidiaries  and  shutdown  the  operations.  In  May  2004,  the  Company 
substantially completed the liquidation of its net investment in Turkey. As a result, the net effect of the translation 
gains and losses of $0.7 million was recognized as a gain on liquidation of a foreign entity and included in “Other 
income”  in  the  accompanying  2004  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations.  Due  to  the  immaterial  amounts,  the 
financial data related to the Company’s net investment in Turkey has not been classified as discontinued operations.  

    The  Company  reported  net  income  or  net  loss  from  Turkey’s  operations,  excluding  the  $0.7  million  previously 
mentioned  foreign  translation  gain,  of  $0.3  million  net  loss  for  2004  and  breakeven  for  2003.  Turkey’s net  assets 
included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2004 were $0.2 million . 

     On March 1, 2005, the Company purchased the shares of Kelly, Luttmer & Associates Limited (“KLA”) located 
in Calgary, Alberta, Canada, which included net assets of approximately $0.2 million. KLA specializes in providing 
call center services for organizational health, employee assistance, occupational health, and disability management. 
The  Company  acquired  these  operations  in  an  effort  to  broaden  its  operations  in  the  healthcare  sector.  Total  cash 
consideration  paid  was  approximately  $3.2  million  based  on  foreign  currency  rates  in  effect  at  the  date  of  the 
acquisition. Based on a third-party valuation, the purchase price resulted in a purchase price allocation to net assets 
of $0.2 million, to purchased intangible assets of $2.4 million (primarily customer relationships) and to goodwill of 
$0.6  million.  The  purchased  intangible  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  are  amortized  over  a  range  of  two  to  fifteen 
years, resulting in amortization expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 which is included in 
“General  and  administrative”  costs  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  The  following 
table presents the purchased intangible assets at December 31, 2005 (in thousands): 

Gross 

Net 

Contractual agreements ................................... 

$ 

  Carrying 
Amount 
2,432 

  Accumulated 
  Amortization 
$ 

320 

  Carrying 
  Amount 
$ 

2,112 

Estimated future amortization expense for the five succeeding years is as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 

2006 ................................................................................. $ 
2007 ................................................................................. $ 
2008 ................................................................................. $ 
2009 ................................................................................. $ 
2010 ................................................................................. $ 

  Amount 
384 
258 
130 
126 
126 

60 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Pro-forma results of operations, in respect to this acquisition, have not been presented because  the effect of this 
acquisition was not material.  

     On  April  1,  2005,  the  Company  sold  the  land  and  building  related  to  its  Greeley,  Colorado  facility  for  $2.4 
million cash, resulting in a net gain of $1.7 million. The net book value of the facilities of $1.4 million was offset by 
the related deferred grants of $0.7 million.  

Note 3. Concentrations of Credit Risk  

    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of 
trade receivables. The Company’s credit concentrations are limited due to the wide variety of customers and markets 
in  which  the  Company’s  services  are  sold,  with  the  exception  of  two  major  customers  as  discussed  in  Note  20, 
Segments and Geographic Information.  

Note 4. Receivables  

    Receivables consist of the following (in thousands):  

December 31,  

Trade accounts receivable  ...........................................................  
Income taxes receivable  ..............................................................  
Other  .............................................................................................  

  $   86,638  
2,849  
1,777  
91,264  

2005  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts  ........................................  

3,051  
  $   88,213  

2004  
$   89,950  
3,255  
1,749  
94,954  

4,293  
$   90,661  

Note 5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  

2005  

  $  

Deferred tax asset (Note 13) ........................................................  
Prepaid maintenance.....................................................................  
Inventory, at cost...........................................................................  
Prepaid rent ...................................................................................  
Prepaid insurance ..........................................................................  
Restricted cash ..............................................................................  
Prepaid telephone..........................................................................  
Prepaid other .................................................................................  

S  

3,263  
1,527  
1,093  
1,178  
1,487  
369  
29  
1,655  
  $   10,601  

2004  

$ 

4,419  
2,080  
1,334  
1,086  
560  
—  
499  
1,241  
$  11,219  

Note 6. Assets Held for Sale  

    In 2004, assets held for sale at four customer contact management centers in the United States consist of the 
following (in thousands):  

December 31,  

2005  

Land  ..............................................................................................  
Buildings and leasehold improvements ......................................  
Equipment, furniture and fixtures  ...............................................  
Capitalized software development costs  ....................................  

  $  

Less accumulated depreciation  ...................................................  

  $  

61 

—  
—  
—  
— 

—  
—  

2004  

1,352  
9,124  
7,931  
114  
18,521  
8,779  
9,742  

$  

$  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Related  to  these  assets  are  deferred  grants  of  $6.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2004,  which  are  included  in 
“Deferred grants related to assets held for sale” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. As discussed in 
Note  7,  in  2005  the  Company  sold,  leased  or  placed  in  use  the  four  customer  contact  management  centers  and 
reclassified the assets to Property and Equipment from Assets Held for Sale. 

Note 7. Property and Equipment  

    Property and equipment, including properties leased to others, consist of the following (in thousands):  

December 31,  

Land  ..............................................................................................  
Buildings and leasehold improvements  ......................................  
Equipment, furniture and fixtures  ...............................................  
Capitalized software development costs .....................................  
Transportation equipment ............................................................  
Construction in progress  ..............................................................  

Less accumulated depreciation ....................................................  

2005  

  $  

3,795  
50,119  
162,673  
4,778  
392  
773  
222,530  
150,269  
  $   72,261  

$  

2004  
2,578  
48,872  
173,281  
9,442  
464  
1,749  
236,386  
153,495  
$   82,891  

    In September 2004, the building  and contents of  the customer  contact management  center  located  in  Marianna, 
Florida was severely damaged by Hurricane Ivan. After settlement with the insurer in December 2004, the Company 
recognized a net gain of $5.4 million after write-off of the property and equipment, which had a net book value of 
$3.4 million, net of the related deferred grants of $2.2 million. The Company also received an insurance recovery for 
business  interruption  during  2004  and  recognized  $0.1  million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively,  as  a  reduction  to 
“Direct  salaries  and  related  costs”  and  “General  and  administrative”  costs  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Statement  of  Operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004.  In  December  2004,  the  Company  reached  an 
agreement with the City of Marianna to donate the underlying land to the city with $0.1 million in cash to assist with 
the site demolition and clean up of the property with no further obligation of the Company. 

    In April 2005, the Company leased the land, building and its contents related to its Palatka, Florida facility to an 
unrelated third party effective May 1, 2005 for a period of 5 years cancelable by the lessee at the end of the third or 
fourth  years  at  varying  penalties  not  exceeding  one  year’s  rent.  This  operating  lease  is  renewable,  at  the  tenant’s 
option, for five additional periods of two years each.  

    In June 2005, the Company leased the land, building and its contents related to its Ada, Oklahoma facility under 
an  operating  lease  to  an  unrelated  third  party  effective  November  1,  2005  for  a  noncancelable  period  of  5  years 
renewable, at the tenant’s option, for three additional periods of three years each.  

    The Company has also leased properties to unrelated third parties in Manhattan, Kansas and Pikeville, Kentucky. 
The Manhattan, Kansas operating lease commenced August 2004, is for a period of five years and may be canceled 
by  the  lessee  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  year  by  paying  a  penalty  equivalent  to  three  month’s  rent.  The  lease  is 
renewable, at  the  tenant’s option, for five additional periods of two years each.  The Pikeville, Kentucky operating 
lease  commenced  February  2005,  is  for  a  period  of  one  year  and  is  renewable  for  five  additional  periods  of  two 
years each.  

    As of December 31, 2005, the leased properties in Ada, Manhattan, Pikeville and Palatka consist of the following 
(in thousands):  

Amount 

Land, building and improvements ..............................................................   $  10,460   
6,875   
Equipment, furniture and fixtures ...............................................................  
17,335   
9,678   
7,657   

Less accumulated depreciation ...................................................................  

$ 

Deferred grants, net......................................................................................   $ 

(6,766  ) 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    Some  of  these  operating  lease  agreements  for  properties  leased  to  others  contain  provisions  for  future  rent 
increases.  Accordingly,  the  total  amount  of  the  rental  payments  due  over  the  lease  term  is  recognized  as  rental 
income  on  the  straight-line  method  over  the  term  of  the  lease  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  13  “Accounting  for 
Leases.” Future minimum rental payments, including penalties for failure to renew, to be received on non-cancelable 
operating leases are contractually due as follows as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands): 

2006 ................................................................................  
2007 ................................................................................  
2008 ................................................................................  
2009 ................................................................................  
2010 ................................................................................  
Thereafter .......................................................................  

  Amount 
1,839 
$ 
1,097 
1,352 
519 
448 
— 
5,255 

$ 

Note 8. Deferred Charges and Other Assets  

    Deferred charges and other assets consist of the following (in thousands):  

Non-current deferred tax asset (see Note 13)  ............................. 
Investment in SHPS, Incorporated, at cost  ................................. 
Non-current value added tax receivable....................................... 
Other  .............................................................................................. 

  $   16,624  
2,089  
2,167  
3,588  
  $   24,468  

$  

$  

14,225  
2,089  
470  
2,137  
18,921  

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

Note 9. Accrued Employee Compensation and Benefits  

    Accrued employee compensation and benefits consist of the following (in thousands):  

Accrued compensation  ................................................................. 
Accrued vacation  .......................................................................... 
Accrued employment taxes .......................................................... 
Other .............................................................................................. 

  $   16,418  
6,249  
5,810  
3,300  
  $   31,777  

2005  

2004  
$   14,582  
6,754  
5,498  
3,482  
$   30,316  

December 31,  

Note 10. Other Accrued Expenses and Current Liabilities  

    Other accrued expenses and current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):  

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

Accrued legal and professional fees ............................................ 
Accrued roadside assistance claim costs ..................................... 
Accrued telephone charges  .......................................................... 
Accrued rent .................................................................................. 
Accrued restructuring charges (see Note 15) .............................. 
Accrued value added tax  .............................................................. 
Other .............................................................................................. 

  $ 

3,077  
1,582  
371  
623  
—  
754  
3,867  
  $   10,274  

$ 

$  

2,981  
1,417  
1,088  
610  
285  
409  
2,596  
9,386  

Note 11. Borrowings  

      On March 15, 2004, the Company entered into a $50.0 million revolving credit facility with a group of lenders 
(the “Credit Facility”), which amount is subject to certain borrowing limitations. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Facility, the  amount of $50.0 million may be increased up to a maximum of $100.0 million with  the prior written 
consent  of  the  lenders.    The  $50.0  million  Credit  Facility  includes  a  $10.0  million  swingline  subfacility,  a  $15.0 
million letter of credit subfacility and a $40.0 million multi-currency subfacility. 

    The  Credit  Facility,  which  includes  certain  financial  covenants,  may  be  used  for  general  corporate  purposes 
including acquisitions, share repurchases, working capital support, and letters of credit, subject to certain limitations. 
The  Credit  Facility,  including  the  multi-currency  subfacility,  accrues  interest,  at  the  Company’s  option,  at  (a)  the 
Base Rate (defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) plus an applicable 
margin up to 0.50%, or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin up to 2.25%. 
Borrowings under the swingline subfacility accrue interest at the prime rate plus an applicable margin up to 0.50% 
and borrowings under the  letter of credit  subfacility accrue  interest at the LIBOR plus  an applicable  margin up  to 
2.25%.  In addition, a commitment fee of up to 0.50% is charged on the unused portion of the Credit Facility on a 
quarterly basis.  The borrowings under the Credit Facility, which will terminate on March 14, 2008, are secured by a 
pledge of 65% of the stock of each of the Company’s active direct foreign subsidiaries. The Credit Facility prohibits 
the  Company  from  incurring  additional  indebtedness,  subject  to  certain  specific  exclusions.    There  were  no 
borrowings in 2005 and no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2005 with $50.0 million availability under the 
Credit Facility.  

Note 12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

    The  Company  presents  data  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders’  Equity  in  accordance 
with SFAS No. 130 (SFAS 130), “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” SFAS 130 establishes rules for the reporting 
of comprehensive income (loss) and its components. The components of other accumulated comprehensive income 
(loss) include foreign currency translation adjustments as follows (in thousands):  

Balance at January 1, 2003 ..........................................................   
Foreign currency translation adjustment  ....................................   
Balance at December 31, 2003 ....................................................   
Foreign currency translation adjustment  ....................................   
Less: foreign currency translation gain included in net 
     income (no tax effect) ..............................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2004 ....................................................   
Foreign currency translation adjustment  ..............................   
Less: foreign currency translation loss included in net 
     income (no tax effect) ............................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2005 ..................................................   

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive    
Income (Loss) 
(11,101  )  
$  
10,893   
(208 )  
5,713  

(634 ) 
4,871   
(8,540 ) 

234  
(3,435 ) 

$  

Earnings  associated  with  the  Company’s  investments  in  its  international  subsidiaries  are  considered  to  be 
permanently  invested  and  no  provision  for  United  States  federal  and  state  income  taxes  on  those  earnings  or 
translation adjustments has been provided.  

Note 13. Income Taxes  

    The income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes includes the following components (in thousands):  

2005  
(1,864 )   
United States  ................................................................................  
Foreign ..........................................................................................  
30,967  
Total income before provision for 
  $   29,103  
      income taxes ...........................................................................  

$  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

$  (14,585 ) 
30,446  

  $  

2003  
(14,013  )  
27,969   

  $   15,861  

  $  

13,956   

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    Significant components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

2005  

Current:  
     Federal....................................................................................... 
$  
     State........................................................................................... 
     Foreign  ..................................................................................... 
        Total current (benefit) provision for income taxes 

—   
—   
7,098  
7,098  

$   (1,777 )  
(295 )  
6,471  
4,399  

$   (1,279  )  
(212  )  
7,198   
5,707   

Deferred:  
     Federal....................................................................................... 
     State........................................................................................... 
     Foreign  ..................................................................................... 
        Total deferred (benefit)  provision for income 
taxes ............................................................................................... 

—  
—  
(1,403 ) 
(1,403 ) 

1,093  
280   
(725 ) 
648   

(1,532  )  
(692  )  
1,168   
(1,056  )  

         Total provision for income taxes  ....................................... 

$   5,695  

$   5,047  

$   4,651   

        The  $1.4  million  deferred  income  tax  benefit  for  2005  includes  $0.6  million  related  to  an  adjustment  of  the 
beginning  of  the  year  valuation  allowance  balance.  This  adjustment  was  due  to  a  change  in  circumstances  that 
caused a change in judgment about the Company’s ability to realize the related deferred income tax asset in future 
years for an EMEA entity. The 2005 deferred income tax benefit is $0.8 million excluding such adjustment. 

    The temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax provision (benefit) are 
as follows (in thousands): 

Accrued expenses..........................................................................  
  $  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards..........................  
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................  
Deferred revenue ...........................................................................  
Deferred statutory income ............................................................  
Valuation allowance......................................................................  
Other ..............................................................................................  
  $  
     Total deferred (benefit) provision for income taxes ..............  

Years Ended December 31,  

2005 

380  
759  
(427 ) 
(310 ) 
(576 ) 
(1,584 ) 
355  
(1,403 ) 

2004 

3,110  
(8,337 ) 
5,302  
(832 ) 
237  
(191 ) 
1,359  
648  

$ 

$ 

2003 
(2,163 ) 
(8,765 ) 
(1,775 ) 
1,942  
966  
10,668  
(1,929 ) 
(1,056 ) 

$ 

$ 

    The  reconciliation  of  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  computed  at  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  tax  rate  to  the 
Company’s effective income tax provision (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):  

Tax at U.S. statutory rate  ............................................................. 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit  ............................. 
Tax holidays .................................................................................. 
Change in valuation allowance, net of related 
adjustments  ................................................................................... 
Foreign rate differential ................................................................ 
Permanent differences  .................................................................. 
Income tax credits ......................................................................... 
Foreign withholding and other taxes  ........................................... 
Other .............................................................................................. 
    Total provision for income taxes ............................................. 

2005  
$   10,186  
(36 ) 
(2,265 ) 
1,487  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
$   5,551  
(350 ) 
(1,918 ) 
1,189  

2003  
$   4,885   
(438  )  
(2,763  )  
5,595   

(4,019 ) 
(337 ) 
—  
631  
48  
$   5,695  

(1,654 ) 
1,789  
—  
879  
(439 ) 
$   5,047  

(2,529  )  
143    
(391  )  
520   
(371  )  
$   4,651   

    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income taxes. A provision for income taxes 
has  not  been  made  for  the  undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  of  approximately  $190.2 million  at 
December 31,  2005,  that  are  permanently  reinvested  in  foreign  business  operations.  Determination  of  any 
unrecognized deferred tax liability for temporary differences related to investments  in foreign subsidiaries  that are 
essentially permanent in nature is not practicable.  

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    The Company has been granted tax holidays in the Philippines, El Salvador, India and Costa Rica. One agreement 
in the Philippines expired in the fourth quarter of 2005 without possibility for renewal. The remaining tax holidays 
have  various  expiration  dates  primarily  from  2006  through  2013.  Upon  expiration,  the  Company  intends  to  seek 
renewals of these tax holidays.  

    The  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  significant  portions  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  as  of 
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, are presented below (in thousands):  

Deferred tax assets:  
     Accrued expenses  ....................................................................    $  
     Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards ....................    
     Depreciation and amortization ................................................    
     Deferred revenue  .....................................................................    
     Valuation allowance  ................................................................   
     Other .........................................................................................    

Deferred tax liabilities:  
     Accrued liabilities ....................................................................   
     Depreciation and amortization ................................................   
     Deferred statutory income........................................................   
     Other .........................................................................................   

           Net deferred tax assets .......................................................     $  

Classified as follows:  
  $ 
     Current assets (Prepaid expenses and other) (Note 5)............       
     Non-current assets (Deferred charges and other) (Note 8)  ...    
     Current liabilities (Other accrued expenses) ..........................   
     Non-current liabilities (Other long-term liabilities)  ..............   
          Net deferred tax assets  .......................................................    $  

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

2,450  
43,270  
10,018  
2,703  
(28,807 ) 
—  
29,634  

(1,680 ) 
(8,167 ) 
(1,924 ) 
—  
(11,771 ) 
17,863  

3,263  
16,624  
(60 ) 
(1,964 ) 
17,863  

$  

$  

$ 

$  

3,223  
44,029  
10,198  
2,393  
(30,391 ) 
—  
29,452  

(2,073 ) 
(8,774 ) 
(2,500 ) 
—   
(13,347 ) 
16,105  

4,419  
14,225  
(42 ) 
(2,497 ) 
16,105  

     SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets 
reported  if,  based  on  the  weight  of  the  available  evidence,  both  positive  and  negative,  for  each  respective  tax 
jurisdiction,  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  At 
December 31,  2005,  management  has  determined  that  a  valuation  allowance  of  approximately  $28.8 million  is 
necessary to reduce U.S. deferred tax assets by $9.9 million and foreign deferred tax assets by $18.9 million.  

     There  is  approximately  $120.7 million  of  the  income  tax  loss  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2005,  of  which 
$68.8 million relates to foreign entities and $51.9 million related to the U.S., with various expiration dates. For U.S. 
purposes,  a  net  operating  loss  carryforward  of  approximately  $51.9  million  and  $3.9 million  of  tax  credits  are 
available at December 31, 2005 for carryforward, with the latest expiration date ending December 31, 2025. Of this 
U.S.  $51.9  million  carryforward,  $10.1 million  is  limited  and  can  only  be  offset  against  the  future  earnings  of  an 
acquired subsidiary.  

    The  Company is currently under examination in the U.S. by several states for sales and use  taxes and franchise 
taxes  for  periods  covering  1999  through  2003.  The  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  completed  audits  of  the 
Company’s  U.S.  tax  returns  through  July  31,  1999  and  is  currently  auditing  the  tax  year  ended  July  31,  2002.  
Certain  German  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  are  under  examination  by  the  German  tax  authorities  for  periods 
covering  1997  through  2000.  Additionally,  certain  Canadian  subsidiaries  are  under  examination  by  Canadian  tax 
authorities for  the periods  covering 1993  through 2003 and an Asian subsidiary  is being  audited by  the Asian tax 
authorities for tax years 2003 and 2004. 

    As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had a contingent income tax liability of $3.2 million and $2.9 
million, respectively, consisting of amounts for subsidiaries located in both the Americas and EMEA segments that 
is accounted for in "Income taxes payable" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The amount of the 
contingent  liability  is  based  on  an  estimate  of  the  probable  liability  in  accordance  with  SFAS  5  “Accounting  for 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingencies”, using available evidence, including detailed analyses of the potential income tax issues, income tax 
assessments  and  notices  of  disallowance,  consultation  with  independent  outside  tax  and  legal  advisors  and  the 
Company’s  historical  experience  in  settling  similar  issues  without  additional  income  tax  liability.  Management 
believes that the $3.2 million contingent income tax liability, an increase of $0.3 million from December 31, 2004, is 
the probable amount that will be paid upon settlement of the related tax audits based on current available evidence 
and issues and does not believe there would be a material impact on liquidity beyond what has been provided for in 
"Income  taxes  payable."    A  change  in  the  estimate  of  the  contingent  tax  liability  is  possible  and  may  occur  upon 
resolution of the related issues under formal appeal procedures. 

    On October 22, 2004 the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”).  The Act created a 
temporary  incentive  for  U.S.  corporations  to  repatriate  accumulated  income  earned  abroad  by  providing  an  85 
percent dividends received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations.  The incentive was 
available only for 2005 and was subject to a number of limitations. Based on a cost-benefit analysis, the Company 
decided not to repatriate any foreign income under the Act.  

Note 14. Termination Costs Associated With Exit Activities 

    On November 3, 2005, the Company committed to a plan (the “Plan”) to reduce its workforce by approximately 200 
people  in  one  of  its  European  customer  contact  management  centers  in  Germany  in  response  to  the  October  2005 
contractual expiration of a technology client program, which generated annual revenues of approximately $12.0 million. 
The  Company  expects  to  complete  the  Plan  by  the  end  of  the  second  quarter  of  2006.  The  Company  estimates  that 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2005  and  the  first  half  of  2006,  it  will  incur  total  charges  related  to  the  Plan  of 
approximately  $1.3  million  to  $1.6  million.  These  charges  include  approximately  $1.1  million  to  $1.2  million  for 
severance and related costs and $0.1 million to $0.2 million for other exit costs. Additionally, upon completion of 
the Plan, the Company will cease using certain property and equipment estimated at $0.2 million, and has begun to 
depreciate these assets over the shortened useful life, which approximates eight months.  As a result, the Company 
will  record  additional  depreciation  of  approximately  $0.1  million  to  $0.2  million  during  the  eight-month  period 
ended  June  30,  2006.  Termination  costs  of  $0.5  million  are  included  in  “Direct  salaries  and  related  costs”  in  the 
accompanying 2005 Consolidated Statement of Operations. Cash payments related to these termination costs totaled 
less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. 

    On January 19, 2005, the Company announced to its workforce that, as part of its continued efforts  to optimize 
assets and improve operating performance, it would migrate the call volumes of the customer contact management 
services and related operations from its Bangalore, India facility, a component of the Company’s Americas segment, 
to other offshore facilities. Before the plan of migration, the Company’s Bangalore facility generated approximately 
$0.9  million  in  revenue  in  the  first  quarter  of  2005.  The  Company  substantially  completed  the  plan  of  migration, 
including  the  redeployment  of  site  infrastructure  and  the  recruiting,  training  and  ramping-up  of  agents  associated 
with  the  migration  of  Bangalore  call  volumes  to  other  offshore  facilities,  in  the  second  quarter  of  2005.    In 
connection with this  migration,  the  Company terminated 413 employees and  accrued over their remaining service 
period, an estimated liability for termination costs of $0.2 million based on the fair value as of the termination date, 
in accordance SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” These termination 
costs are included in “Direct salaries and related costs” in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations 
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cash payments related to these termination costs totaled $0.2 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2005. 

    During  the  first  quarter  of  2004,  the  Company  determined  to  reduce  costs  by  consolidating  and  closing  two 
European customer  contact management centers  in Germany. The plan was substantially completed by  the  end of 
the second quarter of 2004.  In connection with these closures, the Company terminated 240 employees and accrued 
over  their  remaining  service  period,  an  estimated  liability  for  termination  costs  of  $1.7  million  based  on  the  fair 
value as of the termination date, in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or 
Disposal  Activities”.  Termination  costs  of  $1.7  million  are  included  in  “Direct  salaries  and  related  costs”  in  the 
accompanying  2004  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations.  Cash  payments  totaled  $1.7  million  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2004.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 15. Restructuring and Other Charges  

2002 Charges  

    In  October 2002,  the  Company  approved  a  restructuring  plan  to  close  and  consolidate  two  U.S.  and  three 
European customer contact management centers, to reduce capacity within the European fulfillment operations and 
to  write-off  certain  specialized  e-commerce  assets  primarily  in  response  to  the  October 2002  notification  of  the 
contractual expiration of two technology client programs in March 2003 with approximate annual revenues of $25.0 
million. The restructuring plan was designed to reduce costs and bring the Company’s infrastructure in-line with the 
current business environment. Related to these actions, the Company recorded restructuring and other charges in the 
fourth quarter of 2002 of $20.8 million primarily for the write-off of certain assets, lease termination and severance 
costs.  In  connection  with  the  2002  restructuring,  the  Company  reduced  the  number  of  employees  by  470  during 
2002 and 330 during 2003. The plan was substantially completed by the end of 2003.  

    In  connection  with  the  contractual  expiration  of  the  two  technology  client  contracts  previously  mentioned,  the 
Company  also  recorded  additional  depreciation  expense  of  $1.2 million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2002  and  $1.3 
million  in  the  first  quarter  of  2003  primarily  related  to  a  specialized  technology  platform,  which  was  no  longer 
utilized upon the expiration of the contracts in March 2003.  

    The  following  tables  summarize  the  2002  plan  accrued  liability  for  restructuring  and  other  charges  and  related 
activity in 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):  

Severance and related costs...........................................  
Other restructuring costs................................................  

  $ 

  $ 

    $ 

  Balance at 
January 1, 
2005 

  Balance at 
January 1, 
2004 

106 
285 
391 

106 
342 
545 
993 

  Cash 
  Outlays 
    $ 

(34 ) 
(43 ) 
(77 ) 

  Cash 
  Outlays 
    $ 

—   
(301 ) 
(188 ) 
(489 ) 

Severance and related costs ........................................... 
Lease termination costs .................................................. 
Other restructuring costs ................................................ 

  $ 

  $ 

    $ 

  Balance at   
January 1,   
2003 

Severance and related costs............................................ 

4,696     

  $ 

Lease termination costs .................................................. 
Other restructuring costs ................................................ 

1,827     
1,852     
8,375     

  $ 

Cash 
Outlays 

 $ 

(3,816 ) 

(1,585 ) 
(1,512 ) 
(6,913 ) 

 $ 

  Other 
  Non-Cash 
  Changes(1) 
    $ 

(72 ) 
  (242 ) 
    $  (314 ) 

  Other 
  Non-Cash 
  Changes(2) 
    $  —  
(41 ) 
(72 ) 
    $  (113 ) 

  Other 
  Non-Cash 
  Changes 
    $  (774 

) 
(4) 
  100  (5) 
  205   (6) 

  Balance at 
  December 31,   
2005 
$  — 
  — 
$  — 

  Balance at 
  December 31,   
2004 (3) 
$  106 
  — 
  285 
$  391 

    Balance at 
    December 31,   
2003 
106 

    $ 

342 
545 
993 

    $  (469 ) 

    $ 

  Balance at  
  January 1,  
2002 
  $  — 
— 

2002 

Cash 

  Charges      Outlays 
Severance and related costs...........................................  
  $ 
Lease termination costs .................................................  
Write-down of property, equipment 
    and capitalized costs ..................................................  
Other restructuring costs ...............................................  

5,012    
1,827    

(316 ) 
  — 

  $ 

  12,017    
1,958    
  $  20,814    

  — 
(106 ) 
(422 ) 

  $ 

— 
— 
  $  — 

Other 

      Non-Cash 
      Changes 
— 
$ 
— 

     Balance at 
    December 31, 

2002  
     $  4,696 
  1,827 

 (12,017 ) 
— 
$ (12,017 ) 

  — 
  1,852 
     $  8,375 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
       
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
       
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
(1)   During  2005,  the  Company  reversed  $0.3  million  related  to  severance  and  related  costs  and  certain  other 

closing costs associated primarily with the closure of certain European contact management centers. 

(2)   During 2004, the Company reversed $0.1 million related to the remaining lease termination and closing costs 

for two of its European customer contact management centers and one European fulfillment center. 

(3)   Included  in  “Other  accrued  expenses  and  current  liabilities”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheet,  except  $0.1 million  of  severance  and  related  costs  which  is  included  in  “Accrued  employee 
compensation and benefits.”  

(4)   During  2003,  the  Company  reversed  $0.8 million  of  the  severance  accrual  related  to  the  final  termination 
settlement  for  the  closure  of  two  of  its  European  customer  contact  management  centers  and  one  European 
fulfillment center.  

(5)    During 2003, the Company recorded $0.1 million in additional lease termination costs primarily related to the 

final settlement of the lease for one of its European customer contact management centers.  

(6)    During  2003,  the  Company  recorded  $0.3 million  in  additional  site  closure  costs  related  to  one  of  its 
European customer  contact management  centers offset by $0.1 million for the reversal of the remaining site 
closure costs for its Galashiels, Scotland print facility and its Scottsbluff, Nebraska facility, which were both 
sold in 2003.  

2001 Charges  

    In  December 2001,  in  response  to  the  economic  slowdown  and  increasing  demand  for  the  Company’s  offshore 
capabilities, the Company approved a cost reduction plan designed to improve efficiencies in its core business. As a 
result  of  the  Company’s  cost  reduction  plan,  the  Company  recorded  $16.1 million  in  restructuring,  other  and 
impairment charges during the fourth quarter of 2001. This included $14.6 million in charges related to the closure 
and  consolidation  of  two  U.S.  customer  contact  management  centers,  two  U.S.  technical  staffing  offices,  one 
European  fulfillment  center;  the  elimination  of  redundant  property,  leasehold  improvements  and  equipment;  lease 
termination costs associated with vacated properties and equipment and severance and related costs. In connection 
with the fourth quarter 2001 restructuring,  the Company reduced the number of employees by 230 during the first 
quarter  of  2002.  The  restructuring  charge  also  included  $1.4 million  for  future  lease  obligations  related  to  closed 
facilities. In connection with this restructuring, the Company also recorded a $1.5 million impairment charge related 
to the write-off of certain nonperforming assets, including software and equipment no longer used by the Company.  

    The  following  tables  summarize  the  2001  plan  accrued  liability  for  restructuring  and  other  charges  and  related 
activity in 2003, 2002 and 2001 (in thousands):  

Severance and related costs............................................ 
Lease termination costs .................................................. 
Other restructuring costs ................................................ 

  Balance at     
  January 1,     
2003 
153   
161   
32   
346   

  $ 

  $ 

Cash 

  Outlays 

$ 

$ 

(153 )   
(121 )   
(15 )   
(289 )   

Other 
Non-Cash 
Changes(1) 

$  —     
(40 )   
(17 )   
(57 )   

$ 

  Balance at 
  December 31,   
2003 
$  — 
  — 
  — 
$  — 

  Balance at 
January 1, 
2002 

Severance and related costs ...........................................  
Lease termination costs.................................................. 
Write-down of property, equipment 
   and capitalized costs.................................................... 
Other restructuring costs ................................................ 

1,423 
1,355 

  $ 

3,220 
292 
6,290 

  $ 

Cash 

  Outlays 
   $ 

(1,270 ) 
(1,397 ) 

—   
(260 ) 
(2,927 ) 

   $ 

69 

Other 

  Non-Cash 
  Changes 

$  —   

203   (2)     

  Balance at 
  December 31,   
2002 
$  153 
  161 

  (3,220 ) 
  —   
$  (3,017 ) 

  — 
32 
$  346 

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at  
  January 1,  
2001 
  $  — 
— 

2001 
  Charges 
Severance and related costs ...........................................  
  $ 
Lease termination costs.................................................. 
Write-down of property, equipment   
    and capitalized costs................................................... 
Write-down of intangible assets .................................... 
Other restructuring costs ................................................ 

— 

1,456    
1,426    

8,826    
2,600    
292    
  14,600    

— 
— 

Cash 

    Outlays 

  $ 

(33 ) 
(71 ) 

  —   
  —   
  —   
(104 ) 

      Other 
      Non-Cash 
      Changes 
$ 

—  
—  

   Balance at 
  December 31, 
2001 
     $  1,423 
  1,355 

  (5,606 ) 
  (2,600 ) 
—  
  (8,206 ) 

  3,220 
  — 
  292 
  6,290 

Impairment of software and  
    equipment ................................................................... 

— 
  $  — 

1,480    
  $  16,080    

  —   
(104 ) 

  $ 

  (1,480 ) 
$  (9,686 ) 

  — 
     $  6,290 

(1)    During 2003, the  Company  reversed accruals related to  the final settlement of lease termination and other 

costs. 

(2)   During 2002, the Company recorded $0.2 million in additional lease termination costs related to one of the 

European customer contact management centers. 

2000 Charges  

    The  Company  recorded  restructuring  and  other  charges  during  the  second  and  fourth  quarters  of  2000 
approximating  $30.5 million.  The  second  quarter  restructuring  and  other  charges  approximating  $9.6 million 
resulted from the Company’s consolidation of several European and one U.S. fulfillment center and the closing or 
consolidation of six technical staffing offices. Included in the second quarter 2000 restructuring and other  charges 
was  a  $3.5 million  lease  termination  payment  to  the  founder  and  former  Chairman  of  the  Company  related  to  the 
termination of a ten-year operating lease agreement for use of his private jet. As a result of the second quarter 2000 
restructuring, the Company reduced the number of employees by 157 during 2000 and satisfied the remaining lease 
obligations related to the closed facilities during 2001.  

     The Company also announced, after a comprehensive review of operations, its decision to exit certain non-core, 
lower  margin  businesses  to  reduce  costs,  improve  operating  efficiencies  and  focus  on  its  core  competencies  of 
technical  support,  customer  service  and  consulting  solutions.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  $20.9 million  in 
restructuring  and  other  charges  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2000  related  to  the  closure  of  its  U.S.  fulfillment 
operations, the consolidation of its Tampa, Florida technical support center and the exit of its worldwide localization 
operations. Included in the fourth quarter 2000 restructuring and other charges is a $2.4 million severance payment 
related to the employment contract of the Company’s former President. In connection with the fourth quarter 2000 
restructuring, the  Company reduced the number of employees by 245 during the first half of 2001 and satisfied  a 
significant portion of the remaining lease obligations related to the closed facilities during 2001.  

    The  following  tables  summarize  the  2000  plan  accrued  liability  for  restructuring  and  other  charges  and  related 
activity in 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands):  

 Balance at    
 January 1,    Cash  

  Other  
 Non-Cash   December 31,  

  Balance at  

Severance and related costs  ..........................................  

  $  

2005  

  Outlays     Changes   
  $   —   

87     $ (87 ) 

2005   

$   —  

 Balance at    
 January 1,    Cash  

  Other     Balance at  
 Non-Cash   December 31,  

Severance and related costs ........................................... 
Lease termination costs  ................................................. 
    Total ............................................................................ 

  $  

  $  

70 

2004  

  Outlays     Changes   
$ (501 )     $   —    
  —     
$  (501 )     $   —    

—   

588     
—      
588     

2004 (1)  
$  

$  

87  
—  
87  

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
     
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
     
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Severance and related costs  ..........................................  
Lease termination costs .................................................  
    Total  ...........................................................................  

Balance at  
January 1,  
2003  
$   1,053   
120   
$   1,173   

Other  

Balance at  

Cash  

  Outlays  
  $   (465  )  
—   
  $   (465  )  

  Non-Cash  
Changes  
$   —   
  (120  ) (2)  
$   (120  )  

  December 31,  

2003   
$   588   
—   
$   588   

2001  
$  1,485  
143   
—   
$   1,628   

     Balance at 
    December 31, 

Severance and related costs ........................................... 
Lease termination costs  ................................................. 
    Total ............................................................................ 

Balance at  
January 1,  
2002  
$   1,485   
143   
$   1,628   

Severance and related costs............................................ 
Lease termination costs  ................................................. 
Other restructuring costs  ............................................... 
    Total ............................................................................ 

Balance at  
January 1,  
2001  
$  3,062  
1,288   
718   
$   5,068   

Balance at  

  Other  
  Non-Cash     December 31,  
  Changes  
$  214  (3)  
—   
$  214   

2002  
$   1,053   
120   
$   1,173   

Other  

Balance at  

  December 31,  

  Non-Cash  
  Changes  

Cash  

  Outlays  
  $   (646  )  
(23  )  
  $   (669  )  

Cash  

  Outlays  
  $ 

(1,288 )   
(1,145  )    
(718  )    
(3,151  )   

$  (289 )(4)    
—   
—   
$   (289  )  

  $  

2000 
  Charges 
Severance and related costs...........................................  
  $ 
Lease termination costs .................................................  
Write-down of property, equipment .............................  
Write-down of intangible assets....................................  
Other restructuring costs................................................  

  Balance at  
  January 1,  
2000 
  $  — 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  $  — 

3,974    
5,404    
  14,191    
6,086    
813    
  $  30,468    

Cash 

    Outlays 

  $ 

(912 ) 
  (4,116 ) 
  —   
  —   
(95 ) 
  $  (5,123 ) 

      Other 
      Non-Cash 
      Changes 
$ 

—      
—      
 (14,191 )     
  (6,086 )     
—      
$ (20,277 )     

2000 

  $  3,062 
  1,288 
— 
— 
718 
  $  5,068 

(1)   Included  in  “Accrued  employee  compensation  and  benefits”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance 

Sheets.  

(2)   During 2003, the Company reversed accruals related to the final settlement of lease termination costs.  
(3)   During 2002, the Company recorded $0.2 million in additional severance and related costs primarily due to 
delays in closing its U.S. fulfillment center, which increased the cash outlay requirements for severance.  
(4)   During  2001,  the  Company  reduced  the  original  severance  accrual  by  $0.3  million  for  severance  payments 

due to the Company’s former president.  

Note 16. Earnings Per Share  

    Basic  earnings  per  share  are  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the 
periods. Diluted earnings per share includes the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the 
respective periods and the further dilutive effect, if any, from stock options, common stock units and shares held in a 
rabbi  trust  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  options  to 
purchase  shares  of  common  stock  of  0.5  million,  2.4  million  and  2.9  million,  respectively,  at  various  prices  were 
antidilutive and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.  

71 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
     
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    The numbers of shares used in the earnings per share computation are as follows (in thousands):  

Basic:  
     Weighted average common shares outstanding  .....   
Diluted:  
     Dilutive effect of stock options, common stock 
        units and shares held in a rabbi trust ....................   

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

2005  

39,204  

39,607  

40,300   

332  

115  

141  

Total weighted average diluted shares outstanding  ....   

39,536  

39,722  

40,441   

    On August 5, 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase of up to three million 
shares  of  its  outstanding  common  stock.  A  total  of  1.6  million  shares  have  been  repurchased  under  this  program 
since inception. The shares are purchased, from time to time, through open market purchases or in negotiated private 
transactions, and the purchases are based on factors such as, including but not limited to, the stock price and general 
market  conditions.  For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2004,  the  Company  repurchased  1.1  million  common  shares 
under  the  2002  repurchase  program  at  prices  ranging  between  $5.55  to  $7.58  per  share  for  a  total  cost  of 
$7.1 million. During 2005, the Company made no purchases under the 2002 repurchase program. 

Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies  

    The Company leases certain equipment and buildings under operating leases having original terms ranging from 
one to twenty-five years, some with options to cancel at varying points during the lease. The building leases contain 
up to two five-year renewal options. Rental expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2005, 
2004 and 2003 was approximately $16.5 million, $18.4 million, and $13.4 million, respectively.  

    The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments under operating leases having a remaining non-
cancelable term in excess of one year subsequent to December 31, 2005 (in thousands):  

Year  
2006 ................................................................................ 
  $ 
2007 ................................................................................ 
2008 ................................................................................ 
2009 ................................................................................ 
2010 ................................................................................. 
Thereafter  ....................................................................... 
     Total minimum payments required  ......................... 

  $  

Total  
Amount  
11,562  
4,983  
3,714  
3,573  
3,357  
11,096  
38,285  

    A  lease  agreement,  relating  to  the  Company’s  customer  contact  management  center  in  Ireland,  contains  a 
cancellation  clause  which  requires  the  Company,  in  the  event  of  cancellation,  to  restore  the  facility  to  its  original 
state at an estimated cost of $0.6 million as of December 31, 2005 and pay a cancellation fee of $0.5 million, which 
approximates  two  annual  rental  payments  under  the  lease  agreement.  In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances 
(including  cancellation  of  the  lease  and  cessation  of  the  center’s  operations  in  the  facility),  the  Company  is 
contingently  liable  until  July  29,  2006  to  repay  any  proceeds  received  in  association  with  the  facility’s  grant 
agreement.  As  of  December 31,  2005,  the  grant  proceeds  subject  to  repayment  approximated  $1.0 million.  As  of 
December 31,  2005,  the  Company  had  no  plans  to  cancel  this  lease  agreement.  Therefore,  the  Company  does  not 
expect  to  make  any  payments  under  this  agreement  and,  accordingly,  has  not  recorded  a  liability  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

    The  Company  enters  into  agreements  with  third-party  vendors  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  whereby  the 
Company commits to purchase goods and services used in its normal operations. These agreements, which are not 
cancelable,  generally  range  from  one  to  five  year  periods  and  contain  fixed  or  minimum  annual  commitments. 
Certain  of  these  agreements  allow  for  renegotiation  of  the  minimum  annual  commitments  based  on  certain 
conditions.  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    The  following  is  a  schedule  of  future  minimum  purchases  remaining  under  the  agreements  as  of  December 31, 
2005 (in thousands):  

Year  
2006  .............................................................................................................  
2007  .............................................................................................................  
     Total minimum payments required .......................................................  

12,198  
3,156  
15,354  

  $  

  $  

Total  
Amount  

    From  time  to  time,  during  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  may  make  certain  indemnities, 
commitments and guarantees under which it may be required to make payments in relation to certain transactions. 
These  include, but  are not  limited to: (i) indemnities  to clients, vendors and service providers pertaining to claims 
based  on  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  the  Company  and  (ii)  indemnities  involving  breach  of  contract,  the 
accuracy of representations and warranties of the Company, or other liabilities assumed by the Company in certain 
contracts.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  agreements  whereby  it  will  indemnify  certain  officers  and  directors  for 
certain  events  or  occurrences  while  the  officer  or  director  is,  or  was,  serving  at  the  Company’s  request  in  such 
capacity.  The  indemnification  period  covers  all  pertinent  events  and  occurrences  during  the  officer’s  or  director’s 
lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the  Company could be required  to make under these 
indemnification  agreements  is  unlimited;  however,  the  Company  has  director  and  officer  insurance  coverage  that 
limits  its  exposure  and  enables  it  to  recover  a  portion  of  any  future  amounts  paid.  The  Company  believes  the 
applicable  insurance  coverage  is  generally  adequate  to  cover  any  estimated  potential  liability  under  these 
indemnification agreements. The majority of these indemnities, commitments and guarantees do not provide for any 
limitation of the maximum potential for future payments  the Company could be obligated to make. The  Company 
has  not  recorded  any  liability  for  these  indemnities,  commitments  and  other  guarantees  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance Sheets.   In addition,  the Company has some client contracts that do not  contain  contractual 
provisions for the limitation of liability, and other client contracts that contain agreed upon exceptions to limitation 
of  liability.    The  Company  has  not  recorded  any  liability  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  with 
respect to any client contracts under which the Company has or may have unlimited liability. 

   The Company from time to time is involved in other legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. With 
respect to these matters, management believes that it has adequate legal defenses and/or provided adequate accruals 
for related costs such that the ultimate outcome will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial 
position or results of operations.  

Note 18. Employee Benefit Plans 

    The Company maintains a 401(k) plan covering defined employees who meet established eligibility requirements. 
Under the plan provisions, the Company matched 50% of participant contributions to a maximum matching amount 
of  2%  of  participant  compensation.  The  Company  contribution  was  $0.6  million,  $0.5  million,  $0.8 million 
(including  $0.2  million  to  reimburse  the  401(k)  plan  for  commissions  previously  paid  to  a  member  of  the 
Company’s  Board  of  Directors  as  discussed  in  Note  21)  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003, 
respectively.  

    The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that provides certain key employees the ability to 
defer  any  portion  of  their  compensation  until  the  participant’s  retirement,  termination,  disability  or  death,  or  a 
change in control of the Company. Using the Company’s common stock, the Company matches 50% of the amounts 
deferred by a participant on a quarterly basis up to a total of $12,000 per year for senior vice presidents and $7,500 
per year for vice presidents and other participants.  Matching contributions and the associated earnings vest over a 
ten year service period. Deferred compensation amounts used to pay benefits, which are held in a rabbi trust, include 
investments  in  various  mutual  funds  and  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  (See  Note  1,  Summary  of 
Accounting Policies, under Investments Held in Rabbi Trust.) The deferred compensation plan’s assets totaled $0.7 
million at December 31, 2005,  excluding the  Company’s common stock match, while  the plan’s liabilities  totaled 
$1.0  million.  The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  deferred  compensation  plan  were  recorded  in  deferred  charges  and 
other assets, treasury stock, additional paid-in capital, and long-term liabilities, as appropriate, in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

    On  January  1,  2005,  the  Company  established  a  Post-Retirement  Defined  Contribution  Healthcare  Plan  (the 
“Plan”)  for  eligible  employees  meeting  certain  service  and  age  requirements.  The  Plan  is  fully  funded  by  the 
participants and accordingly, the Company does not recognize expense relating to the Plan. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 19. Stock Options and Common Stock Units 

    The  Company  maintains  various  stock  option  plans  for  its  employees.  Options  to  employees  are  granted  at  not 
less than fair market value on the date of the grant and generally vest over one to four years. All options granted to 
employees under the  Company’s stock option plans expire  if not  exercised by  the  tenth  anniversary of their grant 
date.  

    Until  May  2004,  the  Company  maintained  a  stock  option  plan  that  provided  for  the  automatic  grant  of  non-
qualified stock options to members of the Board of Directors who were not employees of the Company. Under the 
plan, each new non-employee director was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock upon his 
or her election to the Board. Each continuing non-employee director was granted an option to purchase an additional 
10,000  shares  of  common  stock  on  the  day  after  each  annual  shareholders’  meeting.  All  of  the  options  have  an 
exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, and become exercisable ratably over one to three 
years. All options granted to non-employee directors are exercisable for ten years from the date of grant, unless the  
non-employee director’s service is terminated whether by reason of death, retirement, resignation, removal or failure 
to be reelected at the end of his or her term. No options were granted at or after the May 2004 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders.   

    At  December 31,  2005,  there  were  7.0 million  shares  of  common  stock  reserved  for  issuance  under  all  of  the 
Company’s stock option plans. For all plans, options of 1.1 million, 2.5 million, and 2.4 million were exercisable at 
December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  with  a  weighted  average  exercise  price  of  $10.23,  $10.35  and  $11.50, 
respectively.  There  were  6.3  million,  4.7 million  and  4.5 million  shares  available  for  grant  under  the  plans  at 
December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.  

    The following table summarizes stock option activity for each of the three years ended December 31:  

Outstanding at January 1, 2003  ....................................   
    Granted .......................................................................   
    Exercised ....................................................................  
    Expired or terminated  ...............................................  
Outstanding at December 31, 2003  ..............................   
    Granted .......................................................................   
    Exercised ....................................................................  
    Expired or terminated  ...............................................  
Outstanding at December 31, 2004  ..............................   
    Granted .......................................................................   
    Exercised ....................................................................  
    Expired or terminated  ...............................................  
Outstanding at December 31, 2005 ...........................   

Shares  
(In thousands)  

3,500   
163   
(195  )  
(307  )  
3,161   
—  
(36  ) 
(348  ) 
2,777  
—  
(133 ) 
(1,431  ) 
1,213  

  Weighted  
Average  
Exercise  
Price  
$   10.39   
5.80   
$  
$  
4.23   
$   10.40   
$   10.54   
$ 
—  
4.56  
$ 
$  14.53  
$  10.12  
$ 
—  
6.08  
$ 
$  10.57  
$  10.03  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    The following table further summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 
2005:  

Number  
  Outstanding at    
  Dec. 31, 2005  

  Weighted  
Average  
  Remaining    
(In thousands)     Life (Years)    

  Weighted    

Number  

  Weighted   
  Exercisable at     Average    
  Dec. 31, 2005     Exercise   

Range of  
Exercise Prices  
under $4.00  .................................................................... 
$4.01 to $6.00 ................................................................  
$6.01 to $9.00 ................................................................  
$9.01 to $13.00 ..............................................................  
$13.01 to $19.00 ............................................................  
$19.01 to $28.00 ............................................................  
    Total  ...........................................................................  

57    
373    
185    
302    
192    
104    
1,213    

7.0  
5.7  
5.5  
6.0  
4.3  
2.6  
5.3  

Average  
Exercise  
Price  
$  3.15  
$  5.03  
$  8.53  
$  10.04  
$  16.27  
$  22.96  
$  10.03  

(In thousands)   

42  
358  
156  
269  
191  
103  
1,119  

Price  
$  3.15   
$  5.00   
$  8.62   
$  10.03   
$  16.27   
$  22.96   
$  10.23   

      Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  —  The  Company’s  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”),  which 
qualifies  under  Section 423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  allowed  eligible  employees  to  purchase  the 
Company’s common stock through payroll deductions at 87.5% of the market price on the last day of the offering 
period, subject to certain maximum limitations. Effective June 30, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors decided 
to  terminate  the  ESPP  due  to  limited  employee  participation  and  costs  associated  with  administrating  it. 
Accordingly, the remaining 0.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock previously reserved  are no longer 
available for future issuance under the ESPP as of June 30, 2003, the termination date.  

    The weighted average fair value share price of the purchase rights granted under the ESPP during the year ended 
December 31, 2003 (before the termination date) was $3.80. For the year ended December 31, 2003 0.03 million of 
such shares were purchased by eligible employees.  

    Non-Employee  Director  Fee  Plan  —  In  May  2004,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  new  Non-Employee 
Director  Fee  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  that  was  later  approved  by  the  shareholders  at  the  2005  Annual  Shareholders’ 
Meeting.  The  Board  of  Directors  determined  that  this  Plan  would  replace  and  supersede  the  1996  Non-Employee 
Director  Fee  Plan  and  would  be  used  in  lieu  of  the  2004  Nonemployee  Director  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “Stock 
Option  Plan”).  No  options  have  been  awarded  under  the  Stock  Option  Plan  and  none  will  be  awarded.  The  Plan 
provides  that  all  new  non-employee  Directors  joining  the  Board  receive  an  initial  grant  of  common  stock  units 
(“CSUs”) on the date the new Director is appointed or elected, the number of which will be determined by dividing 
a dollar amount  to be determined from time to  time by  the  Board (initially set at $30,000) by an amount equal  to 
110% of the average closing prices of the Company’s common stock for the five trading days prior to the date the 
new Director is appointed or elected.  The initial grant of CSUs will vest in three equal installments, one-third on the 
date of each of the following three annual shareholders’ meetings.  

     A  CSU  is  a  bookkeeping  entry  on  the  Company’s  books  that  records  the  equivalent  of  one  share  of  common 
stock.  On the date each CSU vests, the Director will become entitled to receive a share of the Company’s common 
stock  and  the  CSU  will  be  canceled.    For  federal  income  tax  purposes,  the  Director  will  not  be  deemed  to  have 
received income with respect to the CSUs until the CSUs vest. 

     Additionally,  the  Plan  provides  that  each  non-employee  Director  who  was  serving  as  a  Director  immediately 
prior to each Annual Shareholders’ Meeting will receive, on the day after the annual meeting, an annual retainer for 
service as a non-employee Director, the amount of which shall be determined from time to time by the Board.  The 
Board increased the amount of the annual retainer from $25,000 under the 1996 Fee Plan to $50,000 under the Plan.  
Under the Plan, the annual retainer will be paid 75% in CSUs and 25% in cash.  Previously, the annual retainer was 
payable  one-half  in  cash  and  one-half  in  CSUs.    The  number  of  CSUs  to  be  granted  under  the  Plan  will  be 
determined by dividing the amount of the annual retainer by an amount equal to 105% of the average of the closing 
prices for the Company’s common stock on the five trading days preceding the award date (the day after the annual 
meeting).    The  annual  grant  of  CSUs  will  vest  in  two  equal  installments,  one-half  on  the  date  of  each  of  the 
following two annual shareholders’ meetings. 

     All CSUs will automatically vest upon the termination of a Director’s service as a Director, whether by reason of 
death, retirement, resignation, removal or failure to be reelected at the end of his or her term.  Until a CSU vests, the 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director has none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the CSU or the common stock underlying the CSU.  
CSUs are not transferable.    

     The Company applies variable plan accounting, in accordance with APB No. 25, for grants of CSUs issued under 
the Plan and recognizes compensation cost over the vesting period. During the year ended December 31, 2004, the 
Board  awarded  an  aggregate  of  55.6  thousand  CSUs  to  the  non-employee  directors  totaling  $0.3  million  with  a 
weighted average fair value of $5.94 per CSU. Since the Plan was subject to shareholder approval, the CSUs were 
not considered to be granted in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions 
Involving Stock Compensation – An Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25” and therefore no compensation cost was 
recognized until the shareholders approved the Plan at the 2005 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on May 24, 2005, the 
grant date. At that time, the Company recorded unearned compensation at the then current market price totaling $0.5 
million with a weighted average fair market value of $8.25 per CSU, to be recognized over the two and three year 
vesting periods in accordance with APB No. 25. 

     During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Board awarded an aggregate of 47.8 thousand CSUs to the non-
employee directors totaling $0.4 million with a weighted average fair market value of $8.27 per CSU. Accordingly, 
the  Company  recorded  unearned  compensation  at  the  then  current  market  price  totaling  $0.4  million  to  be 
recognized over the two and three year vesting periods in accordance with APB No. 25. During 2005, the Company 
recognized compensation cost for CSUs issued in 2005 and 2004 of $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. 

Note 20. Segments and Geographic Information  

    The Company operates within  two regions,  the  “Americas” and  “EMEA” which represented 64.3%  and 35.7%, 
respectively, of consolidated revenues for 2005. The Americas  and EMEA regions represented 60.7%  and 39.3%, 
respectively, of  consolidated revenues for 2004,  and 66.9% and 33.1%, respectively, of consolidated revenues for 
2003.  Each  region  represents  a  reportable  segment  comprised  of  aggregated  regional  operating  segments,  which 
portray similar economic characteristics. The Company aligns its business into two segments to effectively manage 
the business and support the customer care needs of every client and to respond to the demands of the Company’s 
global customers.  

    The reportable  segments consist of (1) the Americas, which includes  the United States,  Canada,  Latin America, 
India and the Asia Pacific Rim, and provides outsourced customer contact management solutions (with an emphasis 
on technical support and customer service) and technical staffing and (2) EMEA, which includes Europe, the Middle 
East  and  Africa,  and  provides  outsourced  customer  contact  management  solutions  (with  an  emphasis  on  technical 
support and customer service) and fulfillment services. The sites within Latin America, India and the Asia Pacific 
Rim are included in the Americas region given the nature of the business and client profile, which is primarily made 
up  of  U.S.  based  companies  that  are  using  the  Company’s  services  in  these  locations  to  support  their  customer 
contact management needs.  

    Information about the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is 
as follows: 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005:  

Americas    

EMEA  

Other (1)   

Consolidated 
Total  

Revenues  ........................................................................ 
Depreciation and amortization ...................................... 

  $  

318,173 
20,422 

Income (loss) from operations before 
   reversal of restructuring and other charges  
   and impairment of long-lived assets  ......................... 
Reversal of restructuring and other charges  ................ 
Impairment of long-lived assets .................................... 
Income from operations  ................................................ 
Other income .................................................................. 
Provision for income taxes ............................................ 
Net income  ..................................................................... 

  $  

50,224 

$ 176,745 
5,521 

   $ 

494,918 
25,943 

$ 

7,490 

 $ 

  $  (31,092 ) 
314  
(605 ) 

2,772 
(5,695 ) 

   $ 

26,622 
314 
(605 ) 
26,331 
2,772 
(5,695 ) 
23,408 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004:  

Revenues  ........................................................................ 
Depreciation and amortization ...................................... 

  $   283,253  
22,042  

$ 183,460  
8,195  

   $ 

466,713  
30,237  

Income (loss) from operations before 
   reversal of restructuring and other charges  
   and impairment of long-lived assets  ......................... 
Reversal of restructuring and other charges  ................ 
Impairment of long-lived assets .................................... 
Income from operations  ................................................ 
Other income .................................................................. 
Provision for income taxes ............................................ 
Net income  ..................................................................... 

  $  

30,960  

  $ 

10,478  

  $ 

(28,264 )    $ 
113  
(690 )     

3,264  
(5,047 )   

   $ 

13,174  
113  
(690 ) 
12,597  
3,264  
(5,047 ) 
10,814  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003:  

Revenues  ........................................................................ 
Depreciation and amortization ...................................... 

  $   321,195   
21,184   

$  159,164   
8,941   

  $   480,359   
30,125   

Income (loss) from operations before reversal   
   of restructuring and other charges  ............................. 
Reversal of restructuring and other charges  ................ 
Income from operations  ................................................ 
Other income .................................................................. 
Provision for income taxes ............................................ 
Net loss ........................................................................... 

  $ 

31,607   

$   2,497   

$  (23,382  )    $  
646  

2,588  
(4,651 )     

  $ 

10,722   
646   
11,368    
2,588  
(4,651 ) 
9,305   

(1)    Other  items  (including  corporate  costs,  restructuring  and  impairment  costs,  other  income  and  expense,  and  income 
taxes) are  shown for purposes of  reconciling  to the Company’s consolidated  totals as shown in  the  table above  for  the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as 
those  described  in  Note  1,  Summary  of  Accounting  Policies,  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements. 
Inter-segment  revenues  are  not  material  to  the  Americas  and  EMEA  segment  results.  The  Company  evaluates  the 
performance  of  its  geographic  segments  based  on  revenue  and  income  (loss) from  operations,  and  does  not  include 
segment assets or other income and expense items for management reporting purposes.  

    For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  total  revenues  included  $31.4 million,  or  6.4%  of 
consolidated revenues, $36.6 million, or 7.8% of consolidated revenues, and $81.2 million, or 16.9% of consolidated 
revenues,  respectively,  from  Accenture,  a  leading  systems  integrator  that  represents  a  major  provider  of 
communication services to whom the Company provides various outsourced customer contact management services.  
Effective  May 1,  2003,  the  Company  entered  into  a  subcontractor  services  agreement  (the  “Agreement”)  with  the 
systems  integrator  following  the  execution  of  a  primary  services  agreement  between  the  major  provider  of 
communication services and  the systems integrator. Under the terms of this  three-year Agreement, which contains 
penalty provisions for failure to  meet minimum service  levels and  is  cancelable with 6 months written notice, the 
Company  provides  the  products  and  services  necessary  to  support  and  assist  the  systems  integrator  in  the 
management  and  performance  of  its  primary  services  agreement.  The  Company  expects  to  renew  this  Agreement 
before it expires on April 30, 2006. 

    In  addition,  revenues  included  $27.3  million,  or  5.5%  of  consolidated  revenues,  $33.8 million,  or  7.3%  of 
consolidated  revenues,  and  $58.5  million,  or  12.2%  of  consolidated  revenues,  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively,  from  a  leading  software  and  services  provider.  This  includes  $27.3 million, 
$33.8  million  and  $58.0  million  in  revenue  from  the  Americas  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2005,  2004  and 
2003, respectively, and $0.5 million in revenue from EMEA for the year ended December 31, 2003.  

77 

 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Information about the Company’s operations by geographic location is as follows (in thousands):  

2005  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

Revenues (1) :  
    United States  .............................................................  
$  
    Canada  .......................................................................  
    Costa Rica ..................................................................  
    Philippines  .................................................................  
    Other  ..........................................................................  
        Total Americas ......................................................  
    Germany  ....................................................................  
    United Kingdom ........................................................  
    Sweden .......................................................................  
    Spain ...........................................................................  
    The Netherlands  ........................................................  
    Hungary  .....................................................................  
    Other  ..........................................................................  
        Total EMEA  ..........................................................  
$  
            Total ...................................................................  

Long-lived assets (2) :  
    United States  .............................................................  
$  
    Canada  .......................................................................  
    Costa Rica ..................................................................  
    Philippines  .................................................................  
    Other  ..........................................................................  
        Total Americas ......................................................  
    Germany  ....................................................................  
    United Kingdom ........................................................  
    Sweden .......................................................................  
    Spain ...........................................................................  
    The Netherlands  ........................................................  
    Hungary  .....................................................................  
    Other  ..........................................................................  
       Total EMEA  ...........................................................  
$  
        Total .......................................................................  

78,997  
82,084  
45,435  
98,766  
12,891  
318,173  
54,298  
50,246  
20,758  
12,030  
11,511  
13,269  
14,633  
176,745  
494,918  

28,735  
9,009  
3,836  
15,324  
3,363  
60,267  
3,494  
5,527  
376  
971  
215  
2,071  
1,452  
14,106  
74,373  

$  

$  

$  

$  

85,556  
69,045  
36,595  
79,060  
12,997  
283,253  
59,941  
52,073  
24,704  
11,912  
9,406  
10,722  
14,702  
183,460  
466,713  

26,271  
8,363  
4,816  
18,102  
5,734  
63,286  
5,043  
7,137  
639  
1,775  
353  
2,741  
1,917  
19,605  
82,891  

$   173,984   
66,147   
28,017   
45,550   
7,497   
321,195   
59,706   
40,500   
23,814   
4,579  
10,683   
7,469   
12,413   
159,164   
$   480,359   

$  

52,870  
8,557  
6,813   
13,181   
4,776   
86,197   
6,119   
7,767   
1,112   
1,471  
602   
2,310   
1,616   
20,997   
$   107,194   

(1)    Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer, except for revenues for Costa 
 Rica, Philippines, China and India which is primarily comprised of customers located in the  
U.S., but serviced by centers in those respective geographic locations.  
(2)    Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net and intangibles, net. 

Goodwill : 
         Americas 
         EMEA 
                Total 

$ 

$ 

5,918  
—  
5,918  

$ 

$ 

5,224  
—  
5,224  

$ 

$ 

5,085  
—  
5,085  

    Revenues for the Company’s products and services are as follows (in thousands):  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

2005  

Technical support and customer service and fulfillment  ...........   $   486,237  
Technical staffing and consultative professional services  .........    
8,681  
    Total  ..........................................................................................   $   494,918  

  $  455,468  
11,245  
  $  466,713  

  $  465,678   
14,681   
  $  480,359   

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21. Related Party Transactions  

    The Company paid John H. Sykes, the founder and former Chairman of the Company, $0.6 million for the use of 
his private jet in each of the years 2005, 2004 and 2003 which is based on two times fuel costs and other actual costs 
incurred for each trip.  

    A former member of the Board of Directors of the Company received broker commissions from the Company’s 
401(k) investment firm of $0.05 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and insurance commissions for the 
placement of the Company’s various corporate insurance programs of approximately $0.1 million for the year ended 
December 31,  2002.  This  arrangement  was  terminated  in  2002.  During  2003,  the  Company  determined  that  the 
payment of broker commissions was a prohibited transaction under Federal regulations. As a result, during 2003, the 
Company reimbursed the 401(k) plan $0.2 million for previously paid broker commissions and paid a penalty to the 
U.S. government of $0.1 million.  

Note 22. Retirement of Founder and Chairman  

          On August 2, 2004, John H. Sykes publicly announced his resignation and retirement as Chairman and Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.    Mr.  Sykes  was  employed  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  Amended  and 
Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement  (the  “Employment  Agreement”)  dated  as  of  October  1,  2001.  The 
Employment Agreement had an initial term of five years, expiring on October 1, 2006, and included automatic one-
year extensions unless there was appropriate notice of termination.  

     As  a  result  of  Mr.  Sykes’  resignation  prior  to  the  end  of  the  initial  term  of  the  Employment  Agreement,  the 
Company  and  Mr.  Sykes  terminated  the  Employment  Agreement  and  entered  into  a  retirement  and  consulting 
agreement  (the  “Retirement  and  Consulting  Agreement”)  dated  December  10,  2004.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
Retirement  and  Consulting  Agreement,  Mr.  Sykes  employment  with  the  Company  was  terminated  effective  as  of 
December 31, 2004,  and the  Company paid all compensation and benefits due under  the  Employment Agreement 
through  December  31,  2004.    In  addition,  the  Company  paid  Mr.  Sykes  $1.7  million  in  base  severance  pay  and 
unused  vacation  benefits,  including  a  lump  sum  of  $0.3  million  related  to  the  relinquishment  of  any  rights  to  an 
office  and  a  secretary  and  the  right  to  continue  to  be  covered  as  an  employee  under  the  Company’s  group  health 
insurance policy. The $1.7 million payment  to  Mr. Sykes is included  in “General and  administrative”  costs in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004.  

     Additionally,  the  Company  agreed  to  pay  Hyde  Park  Equity,  LLC,  a  limited  liability  company  owned  by  Mr. 
Sykes,  fees  of  $150,000,  which  will  be  paid  in  seven  equal  quarterly  installments  of  $21,428,  for  consulting 
services  to  be  provided  by  Mr.  Sykes  through  Hyde  Park  Equity  during  the  period  from  December  31,  2004, 
through October 1, 2006.  In the event of Mr. Sykes’ death prior to October 1, 2006, the Company shall pay only a 
pro rata amount for the quarter in which the services are no longer provided, and nothing further shall be owed for 
consulting  services.    For  such  amount,  Hyde  Park  Equity  will  cause  Mr.  Sykes  to  provide  up  to  37.5  days  of 
consulting services per year at the request of the Board of Directors or its Chairman.  Such services include advice 
dealing with significant business issues and an orderly management transition.  Additional days of service are billed 
at the rate of $2,000 per day.  The Company also agreed to reimburse Hyde Park Equity for out of pocket business 
expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  providing  services  to  the  Company.  During  2005,  the  Company  paid  $0.1 
million to Hyde Park Equity under this agreement. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

  Additions 
  (Reversals)   
  Charged to 
  (Credited) to   
  Costs and 
  Expenses 

  Deductions  

  Balance at 
  Beginning 
of Period 

   Year ended December 31, 2005  .............................  
   Year ended December 31, 2004.................................  
   Year ended December 31, 2003.................................  

  $  4,293  
  4,242  
  5,102  

$ 

(649 )  
267    
441    

$  593 (1)  
  216 (1) 
  1,301 (1) 

Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets: 

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

$  3,051  
  4,293  
  4,242  

   Year ended December 31, 2005   ............................  
   Year ended December 31, 2004 ................................  
   Year ended December 31, 2003 ................................  

  $  30,391  
  30,582  
  19,914  

$  —    
  —     
  10,668    

$  1,584  
  191  
  —  

$  28,807  
  30,391  
  30,582  

(1)   Net write-offs and recoveries.  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Paul L. Whiting
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer (retired) Spalding 
and Evenflo

Charles E. Sykes
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated

Mark C. Bozek
Director
Chief Executive Officer
Halo Entertainment

Furman P. Bodenheimer, Jr.
Director
President and Chief Executive Officer
Nantahala Lumber Company and  
Zickgraf Enterprises, Inc.

Lt. Gen. Michael P. DeLong (Ret.)
Director
Corporate Vice President of Strategic  
Planning and Operations
The Shaw Group

H. Parks Helms, Esq.
Director
Managing Partner for 
Helms, Henderson & Fulton, P.A.

Iain MacDonald
Director
Chairman of Yakara, plc

James S. MacLeod
Director
Managing Director 
CoastalStates Bank 

Linda F. McClintock-Greco M.D.
Director
President and Chief Executive Officer
Greco & Associates Consulting 
(Healthcare)

William J. Meurer
Director
Managing Partner (retired) for Arthur 
Andersen’s Central Florida operations
Director of Heritage Family of Funds

James (Jack) K. Murray, Jr. 
Director
Chairman
Murray Corporation

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS

Charles E. Sykes
President and Chief Executive Officer

W. Michael Kipphut
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

David P. Reule
President, Sykes Realty Inc. 
(a real estate subsidiary)

James C. Hobby
Senior Vice President, 
Global Operations

Jenna R. Nelson
Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources 

Daniel L. Hernandez
Senior Vice President, 
Global Strategy

Lawrence (Lance) R. Zingale
Senior Vice President, 
Global Sales and Client Management

David L. Pearson
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer

James T. Holder
Vice President, General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary

William N. Rocktoff
Vice President and 
Corporate Controller

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Corporate Headquarters:
400 North Ashley Drive, Suite 2800
Tampa, FL USA 33602
(813) 274-1000
Fax (813) 273-0148
www.sykes.com

Independent Auditors:
Deloitte & Touche LLP
201 E. Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 1200
Tampa, FL USA 33602

Registrar and Transfer Agent:
SunTrust Bank
Mail Code 258
P.O. Box 4625
Atlanta, GA 30302-4625
(800) 568-3476

Sykes’ shares trade on The Nasdaq 
Stock Market® under the symbol 
“SYKE”

Annual Meeting
Sykes’ annual meeting of shareholders 
will be held at 9:00 a.m. (EST) Tuesday, 
May 23, 2006. 
The meeting will be held at:

Tampa Mariott Waterside
700 South Florida Avenue
Tampa, FL 33602

Investor Information
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the 
Form 10-K Annual Report filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission are 
available on the Company’s website at 
www.sykes.com/investors.asp under the 
heading “Financial Reports - SEC  
Filings,” or upon written request to 
Sykes’ Investor Relations department in 
Tampa, Florida or by contacting:

Subhaash Kumar
Senior Director, Investor Relations
(813) 274-1000

SYKES is a global leader in providing customer contact management 

solutions  and  services  in  the  business  process  outsourcing  (BPO) 

arena.  SYKES  provides  an  array  of  sophisticated  customer  contact 

management  solutions  to  Fortune  1000  companies  around  the 

world,  primarily 

in 

the  communications,  fi nancial  services, 

healthcare,  technology  and  transportation  and  leisure  industries. 

SYKES  specializes  in  providing  fl exible,  high-quality  customer 

support  outsourcing  solutions  with  an  emphasis  on  inbound 

I am global.

technical  support  and  customer  service.  Headquartered  in  Tampa, 

Florida, with customer contact management centers throughout the 

world, SYKES provides its services through multiple communication 

channels  encompassing  phone,  e-mail,  web  and  chat.  Utilizing  its 

integrated onshore/offshore global delivery model, SYKES serves its 

clients  through  two  geographic  operating  segments:  the  Americas 

(United States, Canada, Latin America and the Asia Pacifi c Rim) and 

EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). SYKES also provides various 

enterprise support services in the Americas and fulfi llment services in 

EMEA, which include multi-lingual sales order processing, payment 

processing, inventory control, product delivery and product returns 

handling. For additional information, please visit www.sykes.com.

USA  1.800.867.9537

Intl. +1.813.274.1000

Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated

400 North Ashley Drive

Suite 2800

Tampa, Florida 33602-5089

www.sykes.com

Real People. Real Solutions.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T  

2

0

0

5